Disposable Hospital Gowns Market Size, Share, Growth, Global Trends, Industry Analysis and Forecast to 2027

Price: 3200/- USD | Published Date: July 22, 2021 |

The global disposable hospital gowns market size is projected to expand at a higher CAGR of over 13% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 5 billion by 2027. The rising prevalence of Hospital Acquired Infectious diseases and rapid growth in hospitalization due to increasing COVID-19 cases around the world are some major factors to drive the market growth. As per the latest information shared by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), it is estimated that one in 31 hospitalized patients has at least one hospital-acquired infection disease.

Furthermore, the increasing number of surgeries and technological advancement is expected to propel the market. Moreover, the increasing concern regarding safety, cleanliness, and hygiene in hospitals is expected to boost the market in near future. In addition, the increasing number of surgical procedure due to the increasing injuries and chronic disease is anticipated to fuel the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global disposable hospital gowns market is bifurcated into product, usability, risk type, and geography. The surgical gowns segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around half of the market. The increasing number of surgical procedures and the increasing cases of surgical site infections has contributed to the segment growth. Furthermore, the increasing incidence of chronic diseases and medical crisis is anticipated to boost the segment growth over the forecast period. On the other hand, the patient’s segment is estimated to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to long-term patient admission.

Based on the risk type, the market is segmented into low, moderate, and high risk. The high-risk segment dominated the global disposable hospital gowns market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over 40% of the market. The rapid growth in hospitalization and the increasing research and development activities are some major factors to drive the segment growth. Moreover, the high risk associated with the surgical procedures and the fluid-intensive procedures is expected to increase the demand for high-risk gowns as these works as a barrier and provide protection against infections.

Disposable Hospital Gowns Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The disposable hospital gowns comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The disposable hospital gowns market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Disposable Hospital Gowns Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Surgical
  • Non-surgical
  • Patient

By Usability:

  • Low-type
  • Average-type
  • Premium-type

By Risk Type:

  • Low
  • Moderate
  • High

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global disposable hospital gowns market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest revenue share of over one-third percent of the market. The increasing incidence of hospital-acquired infection is a major factor to drives the market growth in the region. The increasing number of hospitalization due to the rising COVID-19 cases and the rising concern regarding safety and hygiene is further anticipated to drive the market growth in North America. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing spending on healthcare infrastructure and the rising awareness regarding patient safety and hygiene.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global disposable hospital gowns market are 3M Company, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., Cardinal Health, Inc., Angelica Corporation (KKR & Co., Inc.), and Standard Textile Co., Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • 3M Company
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • Cardinal Health, Inc.
  • Angelica Corporation (KKR & Co., Inc.)
  • Standard Textile Co., Inc.
  • Bellcross Industries Private Limited
  • Sara Healthcare Pvt. Ltd.
  • TIDI Products, LLC
  • Dynarex Corporation
  • Medline Industries, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Disposable Hospital Gowns Market Report

  • Global disposable hospital gowns market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional disposable hospital gowns market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Disposable hospital gowns submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 cover the market by product, by usability, by risk-type, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to disposable hospital gowns market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level disposable hospital gowns markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the disposable hospital gowns market

The global cochlear implant market size is expected to expand at a prominent CAGR of around 10% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 2 billion in 2020. The increasing prevalence of hearing loss around the world and the rising adoption of advanced technologies is a major factor to drive the market growth. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), it is estimated that approximately 466 million people are suffering from hearing loss globally. And 2.5 billion people are projected to suffer from hearing loss around the world by 2050.

Furthermore, the rapid growth in the geriatric population is expected to uplift the market in the next upcoming years. As per information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), the prevalence of hearing loss increases with age; in people over the age of 60, more than 25% are affected by disabling hearing loss. Moreover, the increased spending in healthcare infrastructure, government initiatives, and the increasing disposable income per capita is anticipated to bolster the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global cochlear implant market is bifurcated into type, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into unilateral and bilateral implantation. The unilateral implantation segment held the largest market share of around 90% of the market and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing demand for unilateral implantation due to its easy reimbursement, low cost, and less surgery time are some major factors that are driving the segment growth.

Based on the end-user, the market is segmented into adults and pediatrics. The adult segment dominated the global cochlear implant market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of around 60% of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing prevalence of hearing loss in adults is a key factor to drive the segment growth. As per the information shared by National Institute on Deafness and Communication Disorders (NIDCD), in 2016, over 37.5 million adults were reported having difficulty in hearing in the United States.

Cochlear Implant Market Size & Forecast

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The cochlear implant comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The cochlear implant market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Cochlear Implant Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Unilateral Implantation
  • Bilateral Implantation

By End-User:

  • Pediatrics
  • Adults

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global cochlear implant market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market. The rising awareness regarding hearing aids and the availability to diagnosis hearing loss are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the growing geriatric population, technological advancement, and the presence of some major players are expected to propel the market growth over the forecast period in North America. As per information provided by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in 2019, around 16% of adults are reported to have hearing disabilities in the United States.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global cochlear implant market are Cochlear Ltd., MED-EL Medical Electronics, Demant A/S, and Sonova (Advanced Bionics Corp). Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Cochlear Ltd.
  • MED-EL Medical Electronics
  • Demant A/S
  • Nurotron Biotechnology Co Ltd
  • Sonova (Advanced Bionics Corp)
  • Widex A/S
  • Medtronic
  • Oticon A/S

Key Questions Answered by Cochlear Implant Market Report

  • Global cochlear implant market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional cochlear implant market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East & Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Cochlear implant submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the cochlear implant market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level cochlear implant markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the cochlear implant market

The global industrial dust collector market size is expected to expand at a prominent CAGR of around 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing construction activities around the world and the stringent government regulation regarding the environment are some major factors to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in hygiene standard in the food industry, rapid growth in infrastructure, increasing manufacturing industry is further anticipated to boost the market growth. In addition, the increasing demand for dust collectors in various end-use industries such as pharmaceuticals, automotive, chemicals, and food & beverage is expected to bolster the market in next upcoming years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global industrial dust collector market is bifurcated into type, mechanism, mobility, end-use industry, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into baghouse, cartridge, wet scrubbers, inertial separators, and others. The baghouse segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over one-fourth share of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its good efficiency to collect matter such as dust, smoke, and other particles. On the other hand, the cartridge segment is projected to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to its high efficiency to collect dust particles and higher filtration speed.

Based on the end-use industry, the market is segmented into food & beverage, pharmaceutical, steel, cement, mining, and others. The cement segment held a significant share of the global industrial dust collector market in 2020 and was estimated to hold a major market share of over 20% of the market. The rapid growth in construction activities is expected to increase the demand for cement. The cement industry produces a large amount of dust which was estimated to drive the market growth by the cement segment.

Industrial Dust Collector Market Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The industrial dust collector comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The industrial dust collector market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Industrial Dust Collector Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Baghouse Dust Collector
  • Cartridge Dust Collector
  • Wet Scrubbers
  • Inertial Separators
  • Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)
  • Others

By Mechanism:

  • Dry
  • Wet

By Mobility:

  • Portable
  • Fixed

By End-Use Industry:

  • Food & Beverage
  • Pharmaceutical
  • Energy & Power
  • Steel
  • Cement
  • Mining
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global industrial dust collector market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market. The regional growth is attributed to the increasing construction activities and growing industrialization in the region. Furthermore, the increasing investment in infrastructure and stringent regulation regarding environmental concerns is expected to drive market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global industrial dust collector market are Camfil AB, FLSmidth, Hamon, Thermax Limited, CECO Environmental, and Parker Hannifin Corp. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Camfil AB
  • FLSmidth
  • Hamon
  • Thermax Limited
  • CECO Environmental
  • Parker Hannifin Corp.
  • KC Cottrell
  • Nederman Holding AB
  • Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.
  • Donaldson Company, Inc.
  • Babcock & Wilcox Enterprises, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Industrial Dust Collector Market Report

  • Global industrial dust collector market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional industrial dust collector market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East & Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Industrial dust collector submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by mechanism, by mobility, by end-use industry, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the industrial dust collector market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level industrial dust collector markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the industrial dust collector market

The global external fixators market size is expected to expand at a CAGR of around 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 1 billion in 2020. The rising prevalence of road accidents, sports injuries, and increasing incidence of minimally invasive surgery are some major factors to drive the market growth. as per the latest information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), around 1.3 million people die every year due to road accidents, and around 90% of deaths occur in low and middle-income countries. And it is estimated that 20 to 50 million people suffer non-fatal injuries.

Market Segment Insights:

The global external fixators market is bifurcated into product type, fixation type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further segmented into manual fixators and computer-aided fixators. The computer-aided fixators segment dominated the market in 2020 and holds the largest market share of around two-third share of the market in terms of revenue. The advantage associated with the computer-aided fixators such as reduced infection rate and increased accuracy is accounted to contribute to the segment growth. Less surgery time, easy removal of hardware and correction of deformity are some other features of computer-aided fixators which are accounted to drive the segment growth.

Based on the application, the market is segmented into orthopedic deformities, fracture fixation, infected fracture, limb correction, and others. The fracture fixation segment dominated the global external fixators market and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing incidence of fracture-related injuries and the growing number of age-related fragility fractures are some major factors driving the segment growth. On the other hand, the limb correction segment is accounted to grow at a fast growth rate due to the increasing demand for limb reconstruction. Furthermore, the technological advancement in treatment associated with low risk and less surgery time is expected to drive the segment growth.

External Fixators Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The external fixators comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The external fixators market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global External Fixators Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Manual Fixators
  • Computer-Aided Fixators

By Fixation Type:

  • Unilateral and Bilateral
  • Circular
  • Hybrid
  • Others

By Application:

  • Orthopedic Deformities
  • Fracture Fixation
  • Infected Fracture
  • Limb Correction
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Orthopedic and Trauma Centers

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global external fixators market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest market of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The technological advancement in healthcare and the well-established healthcare infrastructure are some major factors driving the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rising number of road accidents and increasing sports-related injuries are expected to boost the market growth in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is anticipated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the rising awareness regarding orthopedic surgery and the increasing expenditure on healthcare infrastructure.

Market Competition Assessment:

Stryker, Smith+Nephew, Zimmer Biomet, Orthofix Medical, Inc., and Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc. are some major players operating in the global external fixators market. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Stryker
  • Smith+Nephew
  • Zimmer Biomet
  • Orthofix Medical, Inc.
  • Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc.
  • Ortho-SUV Ltd.
  • Response Ortho
  • Tasarimmed Tıbbi Mamuller San. Tic A.Ş.
  • Auxein Medical
  • Acumed

Key Questions Answered by External Fixators Market Report

  • Global external fixators market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional external fixators market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • External fixators submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by fixation type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to external fixators market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level external fixators markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the external fixators market

The global automotive digital cockpit market size is expected to expand at a higher CAGR of over 13% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The adoption of connected cars around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The rising adoption of telematics, IoT, navigation systems, safety & pollution sensors, and remote diagnostics system is further expected to boost the market. Moreover, the increasing demand for safety and convenience in vehicles is projected to propel the market over the forecast period. In addition, the technological advancement and government regulations regarding safety concern in several countries is expected to fuel the market in near future years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global automotive digital cockpit market is segmented into equipment, display technology, vehicle type, and geography. On the basis of equipment, the market is divided into the digital instrument clusters, driving monitoring system, and head-up display (HUD). The driving monitoring systems segment dominated the market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest revenue share of around half of the market share. The features associated with the DMS such as navigation, safety, cabin climate control, and entertainment system have accounted to contribute the segment growth. Furthermore, advanced autonomous vehicles and connected technology is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Based on the vehicle type, the market is bifurcated into Passenger Cars and Commercial Vehicles. The passenger cars segment dominated the global automotive digital cockpit market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment held the largest market share of over 80% of the market in 2020. Increased demand for connected cars and the advent of autonomous vehicles are expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. Furthermore, the manufacturers are focusing to provide a better user experience which is anticipated to boost the segment growth.

Automotive Digital Cockpit Market Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The automotive digital cockpit comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The automotive digital cockpit market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Automotive Digital Cockpit Market Segmentation:

By Equipment:

  • Digital Instrument Cluster
  • Driving Monitoring System
  • Head-up Display (HUD)

By Display Technology:

  • LCD
  • TFT-LCD
  • OLED

By Vehicle Type:

  • Passenger Cars
  • Commercial Vehicles

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global automotive digital cockpit market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over half of the market in terms of revenue. The region is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period with the fastest growth rate. The increasing sale coupled with the production is a major factor that has contributed to the market growth in the region. The increasing income per capita and the rising demand for automobiles are expected to fuel the market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global automotive digital cockpit market are Robert Bosch GmbH, Denso Corporation, Faurecia, Continental AG, and Garmin Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Robert Bosch GmbH
  • Denso Corporation
  • Faurecia
  • Continental AG
  • Garmin Ltd.
  • Visteon
  • Aptiv
  • Panasonic Automotive
  • HARMAN International
  • Hyundai Mobis

Key Questions Answered by Automotive Digital Cockpit Market Report

  • Global automotive digital cockpit market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional automotive digital cockpit market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Automotive digital cockpit submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by equipment, by display technology, by vehicle type, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the automotive digital cockpit market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level automotive digital cockpit markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the automotive digital cockpit market

The global food service disposable market size is expected to expand at a significant CAGR of around 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in online food delivery services around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing demand for on-the-go food products and the rising trend for online shopping is expected to increase the demand for foodservice disposables. Furthermore, the rapid growth in urbanization and the increasing number of working women is anticipated to boost the market. Moreover, the increasing consumer preference towards convenience food and ready-to-eat food is expected to drive the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global food service disposable market is bifurcated into packaging type, material, application, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into plastic, paper & paperboard, aluminum, and others. The plastic segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over one-third share of the market. The plastic is most preferred material for packaging due to its lightweight, temperature resistance, low cost, and easy-use. Thus the increasing consumption of plastic in packaging is a major factor driving the segment growth.

Based on the application, the market is segmented into food service, online delivery, and institutional. The food service segment dominated the global food service disposable market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over half of the market. The changing consumer eating habits and the rise in demand for home delivery and take away from hotels and restaurants are some factors that have contributed the segment growth.

Food Service Disposable Market Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The food service disposable comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The food service disposable market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Global Food Service Disposable Market Segmentation:

By Packaging Type:

  • Cups and Glasses
  • Tray and Containers
  • Plates
  • Cutlery
  • Bowls
  • Others

By Material:

  • Plastic
  • Paper & Paperboard
  • Aluminum
  • Others

By Application:

  • Food Service
    • Full Service
    • Quick Service
    • Others
  • Online Delivery
  • Institutional

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global food services disposable market in 2020 and held the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market. The rapid growth in food service industry in various emerging economies is a major factor to drive the market growth. China is a major contributor to the market in the region due to the increasing adoption of online food delivery and the increasing number of fast-food restaurants. Furthermore, India is expected to register a significant growth rate due to the changing economy and the increasing penetration of food services in the country.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global food service disposable market are Graphic Packaging International, Sonoco Products Company, Sealed Air, Huhtamaki, and WestRock Company. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Graphic Packaging International
  • Sonoco Products Company
  • Sealed Air
  • Huhtamaki
  • WestRock Company
  • Berry Global Inc
  • Airlite Plastics
  • Twin Rivers Paper Company
  • Seda Group, Inc.
  • Dart Container Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Food Service Disposable Market Report

  • Global food service disposable market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional food service disposable market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Food service disposable submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by packaging type, by material, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the food service disposable market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level food service disposable markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the foodservice disposable market

The global cancer biopsy market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was estimated at around USD 20 billion in 2020. The increasing prevalence of cancer and the rising awareness regarding early detection of cancer are some major factors driving the market growth. The technological advancement in molecular medicine has improved the classification of cancer which is further expected to drive the market. The advancement in image-guided biopsies and their increasing applications are some key trends in the market. In addition, the increasing investment in research & development is anticipated to uplift the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global cancer biopsy market is bifurcated into type, product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into instruments, kits and consumables, and services. The kits & consumables segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of around two-third share of the market. The large investment by some major players is a key factor to drive the segment growth. Furthermore, the manufacturers are focusing to launch advanced products to enhance biopsy which is further expected to boost the segment growth over the forecast period.

Based on the application, the market is segmented into breast cancer, colorectal cancer, cervical cancers, lung cancers, prostate cancers, skin cancers, and other cancers. The breast cancer segment dominated the global cancer biopsy market in 202 and held the largest revenue share of around 15% of the market. As per latest information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), 2.3 million women were diagnosed with breast cancer in 2020 and 685,000 death were recorded due to breast cancer globally.

Cancer Biopsy Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The cancer biopsy comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The cancer biopsy market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Cancer Biopsy Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Instruments
  • Kits and Consumables
  • Services

By Type:

  • Tissue Biopsies
  • Liquid Biopsies
  • Others

By Application:

  • Breast Cancer
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Cervical Cancers
  • Lung Cancers
  • Prostate Cancers
  • Skin Cancers
  • Blood Cancers
  • Kidney Cancers
  • Liver Cancers
  • Pancreatic Cancers
  • Ovarian Cancers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global cancer biopsy market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest market share of over one-third share of the market in terms of revenue. As per the American Cancer Society, it is estimated that 1.9 million new cancer cases will be diagnosed and in 2021 and 608,570 people will die due to the cancer disease. The increasing adoption of liquid biopsies and supportive regulatory strategies is expected to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players and the increasing investment by manufacturers is projected to boost the market growth in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global cancer biopsy market are Becton, Dickinson And Company, Qiagen N.V., Illumina, Inc., ANGLE Plc, and Myriad Genetics. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Becton, Dickinson And Company
  • Qiagen N.V.
  • Illumina, Inc.
  • ANGLE Plc
  • Myriad Genetics
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • Hologic, Inc.
  • Biocept, Inc.
  • Danaher
  • Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Cancer Biopsy Market Report

  • Global cancer biopsy market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional cancer biopsy market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Cancer biopsy submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the cancer biopsy market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level cancer biopsy markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the cancer biopsy market

The global cryopreservation equipment market size is expected to expand at a significant growth rate of over 10% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for the preservation of cord-cell and long-term preservation of bone marrow, pluripotent stem cell, and umbilical cord blood are some major factors driving the market growth.

Furthermore, the increasing incidence of chronic diseases such as stroke, cancer, diabetes, and others is expected to increase the demand for cryopreservation equipment. According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), chronic diseases are the leading causes of death across the globe.

Moreover, the technological advancement in biobanking, the increasing demand for regenerative medicines, and growing expenditure in healthcare are expected to boost the market growth over the forecast period. In addition, the increasing government initiatives for stem cell preservation and the increasing investment in research and development are anticipated to fuel the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global cryopreservation equipment market is bifurcated into equipment, cryogen, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of equipment, the market is further segmented into freezers, incubators, sample preparation systems, and accessories. The freezers segment is accounted to hold the largest market in 2020 and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its properties such as reducing the risk of microbial growth, extended shelf life and minimize protein interaction with the container. The freezers are used significantly, as they provide the safety and stability of organic products.

Based on the applications, the market is segmented into cord blood stem cells, sperms, semen & testicular tissues, embryos & oocytes, and other application. The sperms, semen & testicular segment dominated the global cryopreservation equipment market in 2020 and are estimated to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its increasing use to store sperms as they can be viable for a long time.

Cryopreservation Equipment Market Growth

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The cryopreservation equipment comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The cryopreservation equipment market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Cryopreservation Equipment Market Segmentation:

By Equipment:

  • Freezers
  • Incubators
  • Sample Preparation System
  • Accessories

By Cryogen:

  • Liquid Nitrogen
  • Oxygen
  • Argon
  • Liquid Helium

By Application:

  • Cord Blood Stem Cells
  • Sperms, Semen & Testicular Tissues
  • Embryos & Oocytes
  • Other Application

By End-User:

  • Stem Cells Banks
  • Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Organizations
  • Contract Research Organizations
  • Stem Cell Research Laboratories
  • Research and Academic Institutes

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the cryopreservation equipment market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The cryopreservation equipment market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The cryopreservation equipment market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Cryopreservation equipment market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global cryopreservation equipment market are Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., Beckman Coulter, Inc., Brooks Automation, Inc., VWR International,LLC, and Merck KGaA. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • Beckman Coulter, Inc.
  • Brooks Automation, Inc.
  • VWR International,LLC
  • Merck KGaA
  • BioLifeSolutions, Inc.
  • Bluechiip Ltd.
  • Custom Biogenic Systems
  • Hamilton Company
  • PHC Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Cryopreservation Equipment Market Report

  • Global cryopreservation equipment market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional cryopreservation equipment market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Cryopreservation equipment submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by equipment, by cryogen, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the cryopreservation equipment market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level cryopreservation equipment markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the cryopreservation equipment market

The global warehouse execution system market size is expected to expand at a higher CAGR of over 14% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was estimated at over USD 1 billion in 2020. The rapid growth in the e-commerce industry and the increasing demand to manage a large number of orders are some major factors to drive the market growth. With the features available of warehouse management and warehouse control systems, the organizations are shifting towards warehouse execution systems. Furthermore, the increasing demand for automating processes is expected to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global warehouse execution systems market is bifurcated into component, deployment, end-user, and geography. On the basis of components, the market is further segmented into software and services. The software segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over two-thirds percent of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing demand for automating warehouses is a major factor to contribute the segment growth. The increasing use of warehouse execution systems due to their properties such as end-to-end visibility, inventory management, receiving and shipping management, and others is expected to boost the segment growth over the forecast period.

Based on the end-user, the market is segmented into consumer electronics, healthcare, food & beverages, automotive, third-party logistics (3PL), and others. The third-party logistics segment dominated the global warehouse execution system market in 202 and is estimated to hold the largest revenue share of around one-third share of the market. The rapid growth in the e-commerce industry around the world is a primary factor to drive the segment growth. The increasing consumer preference towards online shopping is expected to boost the e-commerce industry which is expected to increase the demand for third-party logistics around the world.

Warehouse Execution System Market Size & Growth

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The warehouse execution system comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The warehouse execution system market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Warehouse Execution System Market Segmentation:

By Component:

  • Software
  • Service

By Deployment:

  • On-premises
  • Cloud

By End-User:

  • Consumer Electronics
  • Healthcare
  • Food & Beverages
  • Automotive
  • Third-Party Logistics (3PL)
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global warehouse execution system market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around one-third share of the market. The rising awareness for cloud-based solutions and the availability of some major automotive manufacturers are some major factors that have contributed the market growth in the region. North America is accounted to hold the second-largest market share in terms of revenue due to the presence of some major players and the increasing logistics activities in the region. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to register the fastest growth rate over the forecast period. The increasing disposable income is expected to boost the e-commerce industry in the region which is expected to drive the market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global warehouse execution system market are Honeywell International Inc., Bastian Solutions, LLC, SSI SCHAEFER, Fortna Inc., and Manhattan Associates. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Honeywell International Inc.
  • Bastian Solutions, LLC
  • SSI SCHAEFER
  • Fortna Inc.
  • Manhattan Associates
  • Invata Intralogistics
  • VARGO
  • Westfalia Technologies, Inc.
  • Matthews Automation Solutions
  • Softeon

Key Questions Answered by Warehouse Execution System Market Report

  • Global warehouse execution system market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional warehouse execution system market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Warehouse execution system submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by component, by deployment, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to warehouse execution system market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level warehouse execution system markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the warehouse execution system market

The global clear aligners market size was estimated at around USD 2.5 billion in 2020 and is anticipated to grow at a significant CAGR during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing prevalence of malocclusions around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. As per the information share by World Health Organization (WHO), the malocclusion is third most prevalent dental disease in the world. Furthermore, the technological advancement, rising awareness regarding oral care, and the increasing demand from invisible braces are expected to boost the market growth over the forecast period. Moreover, the changing lifestyle and the increasing disposable income are projected to propel the market at a significant growth rate.

Market Segment Insights:

The global clear aligners market is bifurcated into type, age group, end-user, and geography. On the basis of age group, the market is further segmented into adult and teenage. The adult segment dominated the global market in 2020 and was accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around three-fourth of the market. The rising prevalence of malocclusions and the growing aesthetic needs of adults are some major factors driving the segment growth. On the other hand, teenage segment is accounted to grow at a higher growth rate over the forecast period.

Based on the type, the market is segmented into polyurethane plastic, polyethylene terephtalate glycol (PETG), and polyvinyl chloride. The polyurethane plastic segment dominated the global clear aligners market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over one-third share of the market. The segment growth is attributed by the increasing acceptance by the dentists and the technological advancement in polyurethane plastic. Furthermore, the rising adoption of polyurethane plastic clear aligners is anticipated to fuel the segment growth at a significant growth rate.

Clear Aligners Market Size

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The clear aligners comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The clear aligners market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Clear Aligners Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Polyurethane Plastic
  • Polyethylene Terephtalate Glycol (PETG)
  • Polyvinyl Chloride

By Age:

  • Adult
  • Teenage

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Stand Alone Practices
  • Group Practices
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global clear aligners market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over half of the market. The increasing awareness regarding the product and the increasing adoption of advanced products are some major factors that have contributed the market growth. Furthermore, the presence of some major players and the increasing investment in research and development is expected to uplift the market growth over the forecast period. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is anticipated to grow at the highest CAGR over the forecast period due to the increasing demand for the product from developing economies such as China and India.

Market Competition Assessment:

Align Technology, Inc., 3M (Maplewood), Institut Straumann AG, Envista Holding Corporation, and Ormco Corporation are some of the major players operating in the global clear aligners market. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Align Technology, Inc.
  • 3M (Maplewood)
  • Institut Straumann AG
  • Envista Holding Corporation
  • Ormco Corporation
  • 3Shape A/S
  • Dentsply Sirona
  • Argen Corporation
  • TP Orthodontics, Inc.
  • Henry Schein, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Clear Aligners Market Report

  • Global clear aligners market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional clear aligners market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Clear aligners submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by age, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to clear aligners market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level clear aligners markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the clear aligners market

The global composite rollers market size is expected to expand at a significant CAGR of 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was estimated at USD 127 million in 2020. Continuous development in industrial machinery is expected to increase the demand for easy to operate, low energy consumption, and lightweight instruments which is expected to increase the demand for composite material in various end-use industries. The increasing demand for composite rollers in various end-use industries is a major factor to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in the mining industry is expected to increase the demand for composite rollers. Furthermore, the rising demand for composite rollers in the pulp and paper industry is another factor to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global composite rollers market is bifurcated into fiber type, resin type, end-use industry, and geography. On the basis of fiber type, the market is further segmented into glass, carbon, and others. The carbon fiber segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 and expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its high performance, good strength, and durability. Furthermore, the increasing use of carbon composite rollers in various end-use industries such as pulp & papers, textiles, and film processing is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Based on the end-use industry, the market is segmented into mining, pulp and paper, textile, and others. The paper & pulp industry dominated the global composite rollers market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing demand for composite rollers in the pulp and paper industry as printing roller, guide roller, and other applications is a major factor driving the segment growth. Furthermore, due to its various properties such as corrosion resistance, high-temperature tolerance, longer lifespan, the demand for composite rollers is increasing in the paper and pulp industry.

Composite Rollers Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The composite rollers comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The composite rollers market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Composite Rollers Market Segmentation:

By Fiber Type:

  • Glass
  • Carbon
  • Others

By Resin Type:

  • Thermoset
  • Thermoplastic

By End-Use Industry:

  • Mining
  • Pulp and Paper
  • Textile
  • Film & Foil Processing
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global composite rollers market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The rapid growth in the mining industry in various economies such as China, India, and Australia is a major factor to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rapid growth in flexible packaging and the paper and pulp industry is expected to boost the market growth in the Asia Pacific. On the other hand, North America is expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global composite rollers market are Amalga Composites, Inc., Artur Kuepper Pty. Ltd., Lorbrand Composites, Nepean Conveyors, and Belle Banne Conveyor Products. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Amalga Composites, Inc.
  • Artur Kuepper Pty. Ltd.
  • Lorbrand Composites
  • Nepean Conveyors
  • Belle Banne Conveyor Products
  • Double Company LLC
  • Epsilon Composite
  • FWT Composites & Rolls GMBH
  • HAHL GMBH
  • North Street Cooling Towers PVT. LTD.

Key Questions Answered by Composite Rollers Market Report

  • Global composite rollers market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional composite rollers market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Composite rollers submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by fiber type, by resin type, by end-use industry, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to composite rollers market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level composite rollers markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the composite rollers market

The global microneedling market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 7.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising prevalence of chronic hyperpigmentation and skin infections across the globe are some major factors driving the market growth. The low cost of microneedling devices with respect to plastic surgery is another factor to fuel the market over the forecast period. Furthermore, the changing lifestyle is expected to increase skin infections and the availability of at-home microneedling devices is anticipated to boost the market growth. The lack of experience, lack of awareness among people, and side effects associated with the treatment are some factors to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global microneedling market is bifurcated into type, product type, needle material, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into Laser and RF. The RF segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 60% of the market in terms of revenue. The amalgamation of microneedling with radiofrequency has expanded the application of the procedure in relation to treating the face and other parts of the body such as the neck and chest.

Based on the application, the market is bifurcated into skin rejuvenation, acne scar, traumatic & surgical scars, and others. The skin rejuvenation segment dominated the global microneedling market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market of around one-third percent of the market. The increasing incidence of skin disorders and effectiveness of the procedure are some factors that contribute the segment growth.

Microneedling Market Size & CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The microneedling comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The microneedling market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Microneedling Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Laser
  • RF

By Product Type:

  • Derma-Stamp
  • Dermapen
  • Dermarollers

By Needle Material:

  • Silicon
  • Metal
  • Glass Hollow

By Application:

  • Skin Rejuvenation
  • Acne Scar
  • Traumatic & Surgical Scars
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global microneedling market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share in terms of revenue. The increasing number of skin treatments is one of the prominent factor that driving the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the availability of skilled professionals, advanced healthcare infrastructure, and the increased disposable income is expected to boost the market growth in North America. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is expected to expand at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing demand for antiaging treatments, changing lifestyles, and the increasing disposable income per capita.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global microneedling market are Dermapen, Dermaroller GmbH, MDPen Fractional Microdermal Needling, DermaConcepts, and ConceptSkincare. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Dermapen
  • Dermaroller GmbH
  • MDPen Fractional Microdermal Needling
  • DermaConcepts
  • ConceptSkincare
  • Lumenis
  • Ramboll Environ, Inc.
  • Edge Systems LLC.
  • Weyergans High Care
  • BOMTECH ELECTRONICS CO., Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Microneedling Market Report

  • Global microneedling market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional microneedling market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Microneedling submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by product type, needle material, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to microneedling market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level microneedling markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the microneedling market

The global wallpaper market size is anticipated to expand at a prominent CAGR of 3.6% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing consumer expenditure on home renovation is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in urbanization and increasing disposable income per capita is further expected to boost the market over the forecast period. With the increasing demand for aesthetic designs, the manufacturers are focusing to develop a wide range of wallpapers which is projected to propel the market growth over the forecast period. In addition, the technological advancement in graphics designing is expected to provide some new opportunities in the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global wallpaper market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into vinyl, nonwoven, paper, fabric, and others. The vinyl wallpaper segment dominated the market and estimated to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market in 2020. The increasing consumer preference for vinyl wallpapers due to their fire-resistance property is one of the prominent factors to drive the segment growth. Furthermore, easy-to-repair and easy-to-clean are some other properties that are making it the more preferred choice for the consumer.

Based on the application, the market is classified into residential and commercial applications. The commercial application segment dominated the global wallpaper market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over half of the market share in terms of revenue. The increasing number of restaurants, bars, and clubs is a major factor to drive the segment growth. in contrast, the residential segment is estimated to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing disposable income and rapid growth in home renovation.

Wallpaper Market Size & CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The wallpaper comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Wallpaper Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Vinyl
  • Nonwoven
  • Paper
  • Fabric
  • Others

By Application:

  • Residential
  • Commercial

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global wallpaper market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest market share of over one-third share of the market. The increasing disposable income and the increasing home decoration & renovation activities are some major factors driving the market growth in the region. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is estimated to grow at the fastest CAGR during the forecast period. The regional growth is attributed to the rapid growth in urbanization and increasing construction activities in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

The York Wall Coverings Inc., Brewster Wallpaper Corporation, Laura Ashley Holdings PLC, F. Schumacher & Co., and Sangetsu Corp are some of the major players operating in the global wallpaper market. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • York Wall Coverings Inc.
  • Brewster Wallpaper Corporation
  • Laura Ashley Holdings PLC
  • Schumacher & Co.
  • Sangetsu Corp.
  • Osborne & Little
  • The Romo Group
  • Grandeco
  • 4Walls
  • Marburger Tapetenfabrik
  • Asian Paints

Key Questions Answered by Wallpaper Market Report

  • Global wallpaper market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional wallpaper market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Wallpaper submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to wallpaper market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level wallpaper markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the wallpaper market

The global optical metrology market size is expected to expand a significant CAGR of around 6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for precise measurement equipment for semiconductors is a primary factor to driving the market growth. Furthermore, the rising adoption of 3D optical metrology and the increasing investment in research & development is expected to fuel the market. The increasing demand for electronic devices such as smartphones and tablets is projected to increase the demand for optical metrology equipment. Moreover, the increasing use of optical metrology solutions in various end-use industries such as automotive, healthcare, and aerospace & defense is further expected to boost the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global optical metrology market is bifurcated into the product, application, end-use industry, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into optical/laser scanners, video measuring machines, and laser micrometery. The laser scanner segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 in terms of revenue. The increasing demand for optical / laser scanners for non-contact measurement solutions in the automotive and aerospace industry is a major factor driving the segment growth. The rapid growth in the automotive industry in both developed and developing economies is estimated to support the segment growth globally.

Based on the end-use industry, the market is bifurcated into automotive, aerospace & defense, electronics, medical, and others. The automotive segment dominated the global optical metrology market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing use of optical measurement solutions in the automotive sector is a major factor to drive the segment growth. Furthermore, the rapid growth in the automotive industry in various economies such as China, Germany, and United States is accounted to boost the market growth by the automotive end-use industry.

Optical Metrology Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The optical metrology comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The optical metrology market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Optical Metrology Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Optical/Laser Scanner
  • Video Measuring Machine
  • Laser Micrometery

By Application:

  • Distance Measurement
  • Surface Inspection
  • Form Measurement

By End-Use Industry:

  • Automotive
  • Aerospace & Defense
  • Electronics
  • Medical
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global optical metrology market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around one-third share of the market. The rapid growth in the automotive, growing aerospace industry, and increasing investment in aerospace & defense by the government are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing investment in research and development and the presence of some major players have contributed to the market growth in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

The Nova Measuring Instruments, Nanometrics Incorporated, Nikon Metrology NV, Perceptron, Inc., and Quality Vision International Inc. are some of the major players operating in the global optical metrology market. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Nova Measuring Instruments
  • Nanometrics Incorporated
  • Nikon Metrology NV
  • Perceptron, Inc.
  • Quality Vision International Inc.
  • S-T Industries, Inc.
  • Carl Zeiss Optotechnik GmbH
  • Hexagon Manufacturing Intelligence
  • KLA-Tencor Corporation
  • Micro-Vu

Key Questions Answered by Optical Metrology Market Report

  • Global optical metrology market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional optical metrology market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Optical metrology submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, by end-use industry, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the optical metrology market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level optical metrology markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the optical metrology market

The global spinal fusion devices market size is expected to expand at a significant CAGR of over 4% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing prevalence of spinal disorders around the world is a primary factor driving the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing geriatric population and increasing adoption of minimally invasive surgeries is expected to expand the market over the forecast period. Moreover, the increasing adoption of surgical robots by hospitals for the treatment of various spinal diseases is projected to support the market growth. In addition, the increasing manufacturer focus to develop enhanced surgical robots that can be used in spinal fusion surgery which is further anticipated to boost the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global spinal fusion devices market is bifurcated into the product, disease indication, surgery, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further segmented into thoracolumbar, cervical fixation, and interbody fusion devices. The thoracolumbar device segment held the largest market share of over half of the market in terms of revenue in 2020. The segment growth is attributed to the rising prevalence of spinal disorders such as spinal stenosis, vertebral fracture, and excessive. On the other hand, the cervical devices segment is accounted to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing incidence of cervical spondylosis in the working population.

Based on the surgery, the market is bifurcated into open spine surgery and minimally invasive spine surgery. The minimally invasive spine surgery segment dominated the global spinal fusion device market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around two-thirds percent share of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its high preference for spinal fusion surgeries. The surgery is most popular among the patients due to its benefits such as low pain, less complication risk, and less recovery time.

Spinal Fusion Devices Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The spinal fusion device comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Spinal Fusion Devices Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Thoracolumbar Devices
  • Cervical Fixation Devices
  • Interbody Fusion Devices

By Disease Indication:

  • Degenerative Disc
  • Complex Deformity
  • Trauma & Fractures
  • Others

By Surgery:

  • Open Spine Surgery
  • Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global spinal fusion devices market in 2020 and estimated to hold a major market share of over 40% of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing incidence of spinal disorders, growing geriatric population, and prevalence of sports injuries and accidents are some major factors that contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the technological advancement and new products launched by some key players are anticipated to fuel the market growth in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the growing medical tourism and government initiatives.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global spinal fusion device market are Alphatec Holdings, Inc., B. Braun Melsungen AG, Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc., Exactech, Inc., and Globus Medical, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Alphatec Holdings, Inc.
  • Braun Melsungen AG
  • Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc.
  • Exactech, Inc.
  • Globus Medical, Inc.
  • Medtronic Plc.
  • NuVasive, Inc.
  • Orthofix International N.V.
  • Stryker Corporation
  • Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Spinal Fusion Devices Market Report

  • Global spinal fusion device market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional spinal fusion device market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Spinal fusion device submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by disease indication, by surgery, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the spinal fusion device market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level spinal fusion device markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the spinal fusion device market

The global food container market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 4% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for packaged food products across the globe is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing consumer preference for ready-to-eat food, convenience food, snacks, frozen meals, and other packaged food is further expected to fuel the market over the forecast period. Moreover, the increasing manufacturer focus to develop more innovative food packaging products is projected to propel the market. In addition, the increasing demand for convenient packaging that allows for easy carrying, storing, and ready consumption of food, is expected to boost the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global food container market is bifurcated into material, product, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into plastic, metal, glass, and others. The plastic segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over 45% of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its wide in use in food packaging due to its lightweight and low cost. Furthermore, plastic is more inexpensive than other packaging materials such as glass and metals which is further expected to increase the demand for plastic material.

Based on the product, the market is segmented into bottles & jars, cans, cups & tubs, boxes, and others. The bottles and jars segment dominated the global food container market in 2020 and accounted to hold a significant market share of around one-third percent of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in rigid food packaging. The bottles and jars are widely used in various types of food products such as jams, sauces, cheese, oils, spices, vegetables, frozen food, and others are further expected to drive the segment growth.

Food Container Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The food container comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The food container market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Food Container Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Material
  • Plastic
  • Metal
  • Glass
  • Others

By Product:

  • Bottles & Jars
  • Cans
  • Cups & Tubs
  • Boxes
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global food container market in 2020 and accounted to hold the major market share of over one-third share of the market. The rapid growth in food processing is a key factor to drive the market growth in the region. The rising consumer shift towards convenience and ready-to-eat food, increasing disposable income per capita is further expected to increase the demand for packaged food which is expected to increase the demand for food containers in the Asia Pacific. On the other hand, North America is accounted to grow at a sustainable growth rate over the forecast period due to the growing demand for packaged and convenience food in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the key players operating in the global food container market are Amcor plc, Berry Plastics Corp., Silgan Holdings, Inc., Plastipak Holdings, Inc., and Ardagh Group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Amcor plc
  • Berry Plastics Corp.
  • Silgan Holdings, Inc.
  • Plastipak Holdings, Inc.
  • Ardagh Group
  • Sonoco Products Company
  • Ball Corp.
  • Graham Packaging Company, Inc.
  • Weener Plastics
  • Tetra Pak

Key Questions Answered by Food Container Market Report

  • Global food container market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional food container market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Food container submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by material, by product, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the food container market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level food container markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the food container market

The global centrifugal blood pumps market size is estimated to expand at a significant CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in heart surgeries around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), around 655,000 Americans die every year in the United States due to heart disease and coronary heart disease is one of the most common among them.

The increasing incidence of cardiac disorders and heart transplants is expected to increase the demand for centrifugal blood pumps over the forecast years. Moreover, the increasing demand for cardiac assist devices for the treatment of cardiopulmonary bypass is expected to drive the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global centrifugal blood pumps market is bifurcated into type, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into electronic and mechanical. The electronic segment held the largest market share of around three-fourth share of the market in 2020 and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. On the other hand, the mechanical segment is accounted to expand at a massive growth rate over the forecast period.

Based on the end-user, the market is further segmented into hospitals, ambulatory surgical centers, specialty clinics, and others. The hospital segment dominated the global centrifugal blood pumps market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around 40% of the market. The availability of skilled professionals and advanced healthcare facilities are some major factors driving the segment growth. Moreover, the increasing number of patient admission related to cardiac disorder is further expected to fuel the segment growth in next upcoming years.

Centrifugal Blood Pumps Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The centrifugal blood pumps comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Centrifugal Blood Pumps Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Electronic
  • Mechanical

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global centrifugal blood pumps market in 2020 and is estimated to hold a significant market share of over one-third share of the market in terms of revenue. the increasing incidence of cardiovascular disease and the increasing investment in research & development are some major factors driving the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players and the technological advancement in healthcare infrastructure is expected to fuel the market in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is estimated to expand the market at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global centrifugal blood pumps market are Baxter International Inc., Medtronic PLC., Braile Biomedica Ltd., Getinge AB., and 3-M Health Care. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Baxter International Inc.
  • Medtronic PLC.
  • Braile Biomedica Ltd.
  • Getinge AB.
  • 3-M Health Care
  • LivaNova, PLC.
  • Qura SRL.
  • Terumo Corporation
  • Thoratec Corporation.
  • Xenios AG.

Key Questions Answered by Centrifugal Blood Pumps Market Report

  • Global centrifugal blood pumps market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional centrifugal blood pumps market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Centrifugal blood pumps submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to centrifugal blood pumps market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level centrifugal blood pumps markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the centrifugal blood pumps market

The global thermostatic faucet market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach at USD 11 billion by 2027. The rapid growth in home renovation and the increasing consumer expenditure are some major factors to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the rapid growth in urbanization and the changing consumer shift towards luxury products is expected to increase the demand for thermostatic faucet. Moreover, the increasing construction activities in various developing economies and the increasing disposable income per capita are anticipated to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global thermostatic faucet market is segmented into product, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into single lever mixer, two handle mixer, and others. The single lever mixer segment dominated the market and accounted to hold a major market share around 45% of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to the rising demand for single lever mixer in residential sectors. On the other hand, the two handle mixer segment is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate due to its easy availability and low cost associated with it.

Based on the end-user, the market is bifurcated into residential and commercial sector. The commercial segment dominated the global thermostatic faucet market in 2020 and accounted to hold a significant market share of over half of the market in terms of revenue.  The rapid growth in commercial places such as airport, hotels, malls, and hospitals is major factor that has contributed the market growth in commercial sector. On the other hand, the increasing demand for modern faucet and the rising number of housing units are some major factors which is expected to drive the market growth in residential sector.

Thermostatic Faucet Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The thermostatic faucet market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Thermostatic Faucet Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Single Lever Mixer
  • Two Handle Mixer
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Residential
  • Commercial

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global thermostatic faucet market in 2020 and accounted to hold a significant market share around one-third share of the market. The increasing demand for luxury faucet in bathroom and kitchen is a primary factor to drive the market growth in the region. The rising awareness regarding water conservation is further expected to fuel the market in North America. Moreover, the consumer shift towards luxury lifestyle and increasing disposable income is anticipated to increase the demand for thermostatic faucet. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing construction activities in both commercial and residential sectors.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the key players operating in the global thermostatic faucet market are Kohler Co., Grohe AG, Moen, Inc., Geberit AG, and Jaguar Group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Kohler Co.
  • Grohe AG
  • Moen, Inc.
  • Geberit AG
  • Jaguar Group
  • Cera Sanitaryware Ltd.
  • Rocca Sanitario
  • Masco Corp.
  • Reliance Worldwide Corporation Ltd.
  • LIXIL Corp.

Key Questions Answered by Thermostatic Faucet Market Report

  • Global thermostatic faucet market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional thermostatic faucet market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Thermostatic faucet submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to thermostatic faucet market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level thermostatic faucet markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the thermostatic faucet market

The global intraoral cameras market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 11% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rising prevalence of dental disease around the world is a major factor driving the market. As per the latest information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), it is estimated that 3.5 billion people are affected by oral diseases globally. Furthermore, according to the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), cancers of the lip and oral cavity are among the top 15 most common cancers worldwide, with nearly 180 000 deaths each year.

The rising awareness regarding oral health and the increasing demand for oral imaging is further expected to drive the market growth over the forecast period. Moreover, the increasing geriatric population and supportive government initiatives are expected to propel the market. In addition, the increasing number of dental surgeries and technological advancement is projected to increase the demand for intraoral cameras.

Market Segment Insights:

The global intraoral cameras market is bifurcated into type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into USB cameras, fiber-optic cameras, wireless cameras, and others. The fiber optic camera segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third share of the market in terms of revenue. On the other hand, the USB camera segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to its features such as portability, lightweight, and easy connectivity.

On the basis of end-user, the market is segmented into hospitals, dental clinics, and others. The dental clinic’s segment dominated the global intraoral cameras market in 2020 and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the availability of dental specialists. The increasing patient preference towards dental clinics to treat and diagnose is expected to boost the market growth.

Intraoral Cameras Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The intraoral cameras comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The intraoral cameras market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Intraoral Cameras Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • USB Camera
  • Fiber Optic Camera
  • Wireless Camera
  • Others

By Application:

  • Implantology
  • Endodontics
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
  • Orthodontics
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospital
  • Dental Clinic
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global intraoral market in 2020 and accounted for a significant market share of over one-third share of the market. The increasing incidence of oral diseases in people such as gingivitis, caries, and periodontics is a major factor contributing to the market growth in the region. The rapid growth in dental clinics and diagnostic centers, improving healthcare infrastructure, and rising awareness regarding oral health are further expected to boost the market growth in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global intraoral cameras market are Danaher Corporation, Henry Schein, Sirona Dental System, MouthWatch, LLC, and Carestream Health. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Danaher Corporation
  • Henry Schein
  • Sirona Dental System
  • MouthWatch, LLC
  • Carestream Health
  • Gendex
  • Owandy Radiology
  • TPC Advanced Technology Inc.
  • Digital Doc LLC
  • Ashtel Dental

Key Questions Answered by Intraoral Cameras Market Report

  • Global intraoral cameras market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional intraoral cameras market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Intraoral cameras submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to intraoral cameras market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level intraoral cameras markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the intraoral cameras market

The global membrane oxygenators market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of around 2% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at USD 120 million in 2020. The increasing incidence of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. As per the latest information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), 16% of deaths are recorded due to ischemic heart diseases in 2020.

Furthermore, the increasing incidence of coronary heart diseases due to changing lifestyles and the growth in the geriatric population is expected to boost the market growth over the forecast period. Moreover, the increasing awareness programs and technological advancement are further expected to drive the market. In addition, the membrane oxygenators were widely used in COVID 19 cases in the first two waves around the world.

Market Segment Insights:

The global membrane oxygenators market is bifurcated into type, age group, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into hollow fiber and flat sheet membrane oxygenators. The hollow fiber membrane oxygenators segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around two-third of the market in terms of revenue.

On the basis of application, the global membrane oxygenators market is segmented into respiratory, cardiac, and ECPR. The respiratory segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over half of the market by revenue. The increasing prevalence of reparatory diseases is a key factor to drive the segment growth. Asthma cases are increasing globally which is another major factor to propel the segment growth. According to the latest citing by CDC, over 19 million adults are suffering from asthma in the United States.

Membrane Oxygenators Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The membrane oxygenators comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The membrane oxygenators market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Membrane Oxygenators Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Hollow Fiber Membrane Oxygenators
  • Flat Sheet Membrane Oxygenators

By Age Group:

  • Neonates
  • Pediatrics
  • Adults

By Application:

  • Respiratory
  • Cardiac
  • ECPR

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global membrane oxygenators market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over 40% of the market in terms of revenue. The availability of well structured healthcare infrastructure is a major factor to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rising awareness regarding oxygenators, and government funding is expected to propel the market in North America.  On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is expected to gorw at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing incidence of chronic diseases and rising adoption of membrane oxygenators.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global membrane oxygenators market are Medtronic, Getinge AB, Fresenius SE & Co KGaA, MicroPort Scientific Corporation, and Terumo Medical Corporation. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Medtronic
  • Getinge AB
  • Fresenius SE & Co KGaA
  • MicroPort Scientific Corporation
  • Terumo Medical Corporation
  • Nipro Medical Corporation
  • Cytosorbents Corporation
  • LivaNova PLC

Key Questions Answered by Membrane Oxygenators Market Report

  • Global membrane oxygenators market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional membrane oxygenators market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Membrane oxygenators submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by age group, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to membrane oxygenators market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level membrane oxygenators markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the membrane oxygenators market

The global carbon nanotubes market size is expected to register a sustainable CAGR of over 14% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rising demand from automobiles to develop lightweight vehicles with better fuel efficiency and reduce carbon emission is a major factor driving the market growth. Furthermore, the government’s stringent regulation regarding carbon emission is expected to fuel the market.

Moreover, the increasing use of carbon nanotubes in various end-use industries such as automotive, medical, aerospace, coatings, and others are projected to enhance the market growth over the forecast period. However, the high investment in research and development and threats associated with nanomaterial production are major factors in restraining the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global carbon nanotubes market is bifurcated into product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into multi-walled and single-walled CNT. The multi-walled carbon nanotube segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 by revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in various products such as conductive heating films, chemical sensors, nanodevices, conductive nano inks, solar power cells, etc; due to its good electrical conductivity.

Carbon Nanotubes Market Size & Forecast Analysis

For more detail about the report, request sample papers

By application, the market is segmented into polymers, electrical & electronics, energy, medical, and other application. The polymer segment dominated the global carbon nanotubes market in 2020 and accounted to hold the major market share of over half of the market. The increasing demand for CNT from the automotive and construction industries is one key factor to drive the segment growth. The increasing demand for clean energy and reducing carbon emissions are expected to support the segment growth. Furthermore, the growing shift towards renewable energy sources such as wind and solar energy is expected to increase the demand for polymers.

The carbon nanotubes comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The carbon nanotubes market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Carbon Nanotubes Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Multi-Walled CNT
  • Single-Walled CNT

By Application:

  • Polymers
  • Electrical & Electronics
  • Energy
  • Medical
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific held the largest market share of the global carbon nanotubes market in 2020 and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The Asia Pacific is a leading consumer as well producer of carbon nanotubes across the globe. The presence of some major players is a key factor to drive the market growth in the region. China, Japan, South Korea, and Singapore are known as major electronics manufacturers in the past few years which is anticipated to propel the market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global carbon nanotubes market are LG Chemical Limited, Cabot Corporation, Showa Denko K.K., Jiangsu Cnano Technology Co., Ltd., and Chengdu Organic Chemicals Co. Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • LG Chemical Limited
  • Cabot Corporation
  • Showa Denko K.K.
  • Jiangsu Cnano Technology Co., Ltd.
  • Chengdu Organic Chemicals Co. Ltd.
  • Arkema Group
  • Chasm Advanced Materials, Inc
  • Cheap Tubes Inc.
  • Cnano Technology Limited
  • Futurecarbon GmbH

Key Questions Answered by Carbon Nanotubes Market Report

  • Global carbon nanotubes market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional carbon nanotubes market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Carbon nanotubes submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the carbon nanotubes market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level carbon nanotubes markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the carbon nanotubes market

The global biopsy guidance system market size is expected to register a positive CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 1 billion in 2020. The rising prevalence of cancer cases around the globe is a primary factor to drive the market growth. as per the latest information shared by IARC (International Agency for Research on Cancer), over 19 million new cancer cases were registered in 2020 and 10 million deaths were recorded due to the cancer disease.

The growing preference for non-invasive procedures and the increasing geriatric population are other factors to boost the market. Furthermore, the technological advancement in medical devices and increasing government initiatives around the world are expected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period. The governments of various countries are working for cancer awareness and health benefits of early detection of diseases through screening services.

Market Segment Insights:

The global biopsy guidance system market is bifurcated into product, application, end-use, and geography. Based on the product, the market is further segmented into stereotactic, ultrasound, and MRI-guided biopsy. The stereotactic guided biopsy segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted for the largest revenue share of around 40% of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the benefits associated with this biopsy such as less invasive, rapid recovery, and causes minimal scarring. On the other hand, the ultrasound-guided biopsy segment is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Biopsy Guidance System Market Size

To know more about the report, request sample papers

Based on application, the market is classified into brain biopsy, breast biopsy, and other applications. The breast biopsy segment is expected to grow at the fastest CAGR over the forecast period due to the increasing cases of breast cancer among women. According to WHO (World Health Organization), around 2.26 million new cases are recorded as breast cancer in 2020. In contrast, the brain biopsy segment dominated the global biopsy guidance systems market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over 42% in 2020. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing cases of brain cancer across the globe.

The biopsy guidance system comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The biopsy guidance system market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Biopsy Guidance System Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Stereotactic Guided Biopsy
  • Ultrasound-Guided Biopsy
  • MRI Guided Biopsy

By Application:

  • Brain Biopsy
  • Breast Biopsy
  • Other Applications

By End-Use:

  • Hospitals
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Diagnostic Centers
  • Research and Academic Institutes

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around half the global market. The introduction of new advanced biopsy guidance systems and increasing incidence of cancer cases are major factors driving the region’s biopsy guidance system market. The rising demand for innovative treatments and expansion of cancer diagnostics centers is further expected to boost the market growth in North America. Moreover, the increasing investment in research and development by the government and other organizations is expected to support the market in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global biopsy guidance system market are Becton, Dickinson and Company, Hologic, Inc., ARGON MEDICAL, B. Braun Melsungen AG, and Devicor Medical Products, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Becton, Dickinson, and Company
  • Hologic, Inc.
  • ARGON MEDICAL
  • Braun Melsungen AG
  • Devicor Medical Products, Inc.
  • Boston Scientific Corporation
  • INRAD Inc.
  • Cook Medical
  • PLANMED OY

Key Questions Answered by Biopsy Guidance System Market Report

  • Global biopsy guidance system market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional biopsy guidance system market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Biopsy guidance system submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis of biopsy guidance system market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level biopsy guidance system markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the biopsy guidance system market

The global thin wall packaging market size is expected to expand at a significant CAGR of over 4.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for packaged food and beverage due to the changing consumer lifestyle and the increasing demand for lightweight packaging are some major factors to drive the market growth. The properties associated with the thin wall packaging such as cost-effectiveness, superior aesthetic, lightweight, and easy to use are further expected to boost the market over the forecast period. moreover, the stringent government regulation regarding lightweight packaging and rising adoption of bio-based and recycled raw material is anticipated to increase the demand for thin-wall packaging.

Market Segment Insights:

The global thin wall packaging market is bifurcated into product type, production process, material, application, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into polypropylene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polystyrene, and polyvinyl chloride. The polypropylene segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 and is expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the benefits associated with the PP packaging such as heat resistance, elasticity, high stiffness, and enhanced transparency.

On the basis of the production process, the market is bifurcated into injection molding and thermoforming. The injection molding segment dominated the global thin wall packaging market and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to benefits associated with injection moldings such as low cost, less wastage, and low production time. In contrast, the thermoforming production process is accounted to register a negative growth rate over the forecast period.

Thin Wall Packaging Market Size & Share

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The thin wall packaging comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The thin wall packaging market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Thin Wall Packaging Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Tubs
  • Cups
  • Jars
  • Trays
  • Pots
  • Clamshells
  • Lids

By Production Process:

  • Injection Molding
  • Thermoforming

By Material:

  • Polypropylene (PP)
  • Polyethylene (PE)
  • Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
  • Polystyrene (PS)
  • Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

By Application:

  • Food
  • Beverages
  • Others (Pharmaceuticals, Cosmetics & Personal Care, and Industrial)

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the thin wall packaging market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The thin wall packaging market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The thin wall packaging market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Thin wall packaging market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global thin wall packaging market are Amcor, Berry Global, Silgan Holdings, PACCOR, and RPC Group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Amcor
  • Berry Global
  • Silgan Holdings
  • PACCOR
  • RPC Group
  • Reynolds Group
  • ILIP Srl
  • Mold-Tek Packaging
  • Greiner Packaging International
  • Double H Plastics

Key Questions Answered by Thin Wall Packaging Market Report

  • Global thin wall packaging market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional thin wall packaging market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Thin wall packaging submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by production process, by material, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the thin wall packaging market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level thin wall packaging markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the thin wall packaging market

The global theodolite market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of 5.4% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in urbanization and the increasing investment in infrastructure development is a major factor to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in construction activities and the increasing demand in land survey sector are some other factors to fuel the market. Moreover, the growing focus of government of various countries to develop smart cities and transportation infrastructure is anticipated to increase the demand for theodolite devices. For example, the Indian government has finalized an investment of USD 109 billion for the construction of highways and roads over the next five years, which is definitely going to hit the land surveying equipment market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global theodolite market is bifurcated into product type, end-use industry, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of end-use industry, the market is further segmented into construction, transportation, oil & gas, mining, agriculture, and others. The construction segment held the largest market share in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over half of the market. The advent of new advanced surveying equipments in construction industry is a major factor that has contributed to the segment growth. Furthermore, the growing urbanization and increasing construction activities in developing economies is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

On the basis of product type, the market is further bifurcated into optical, electronic, and vernier theodolite. The electronic theodolite segment dominated the global theodolite market in 2020. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing construction of buildings and institutions across the globe. Furthermore, the increasing adoption of electronic theodolite in various industries due to its advantage is expected to uplift the segment growth over the forecast period.

Theodolite Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The theodolite comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The theodolite market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Theodolite Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Optical Theodolite
  • Electronic Theodolite
  • Vernier Theodolite

By End-Use Industry:

  • Construction
  • Transportation
  • Oil & Gas
  • Mining
  • Agriculture
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Online
  • Offline

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global theodolite market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The rising infrastructure development and increasing construction activities in both the residential and non-residential sectors have contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the development of smart cities in developing economies is further expected to fuel the market growth in the Asia Pacific. Moreover, the increasing investment in roadways and highways construction is anticipated to uplift the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global theodolite market are Hexagon AB, Topcon, Trimble, Inc., EIE Instruments, and South Surveying & Mapping Technology CO., Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Hexagon AB
  • Topcon
  • Trimble, Inc.
  • EIE Instruments
  • South Surveying & Mapping Technology CO., Ltd.
  • Horizon SG
  • Hilti Group
  • Robert Bosch GmbH
  • Beijing Bofei Instrument Co., Ltd.
  • Changzhou Dadi Surveying Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Theodolite Market Report

  • Global theodolite market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional theodolite market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Theodolite submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by end-use industry, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the theodolite market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level theodolite markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the theodolite market

The global tax management software market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 12% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing financial transactions and frequent updates in tax rules are some major factors to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the rapid growth in global payments revenue is another major factor to propel the market. It is estimated that the global payments revenue was reached at USD 2 trillion in 2019.

Moreover, the increasing use of blockchain technology in various tax management tools for security and real-time information is anticipated to uplift the market. Furthermore, the rising penetration of Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI) is one of the prominent factor to boost the market. In addition, some major players are collaborating to provide a better tax management software solution which is expected to drive the market growth. In January 2020, BlueCora, Inc. announced the acquisition of privately held HK Financial Services.

Market Segment Insights:

The global tax management software market is bifurcated into component, tax type, deployment mode, organization size, industry verticals, and geography. On the basis of component, the market is further segmented into software and services. The software segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020 due to the increasing adoption of tax management software software by various organizations. The increasing adoption of tax management software software by organization in developing economies due to updating taxation rules is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

By industry verticals, the market is further segmented into BFSI, IT and telecom, manufacturing, retail, healthcare, and others. The BFSI segment dominated the global tax management software market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market. The increasing use of banking application in both individual and commercial sector is a major factor to drive the segment growth. Furthermore, the rapid growth in digitization, increasing use of digital wallets and credit cards is expected to boost the market growth by BFSI industry.

Tax Management Software Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The tax management software comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The tax management software market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Tax Management Software Market Segmentation:

By Component:

  • Software
  • Services

By Tax Type:

  • Indirect Tax
  • Direct Tax

By Deployment Mode:

  • Cloud
  • On-Premise

By Organization Size:

  • Large Enterprises
  • Small And Medium Enterprises

By Industry Verticals:

  • BFSI
  • IT And Telecom
  • Manufacturing
  • Retail
  • Healthcare
  • Media & Entertainment
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global tax management software market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 40% of the market in terms of revenue. Early adoption of new technologies and the increasing adoption of tax management software are some major factor to contribute to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the continuous reformation in taxation rules and regulation is anticipated to drive the market in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period owing to the increasing adoption of tax management software. Moreover, the growing BFSI sector and rising government regulations are expected to boost the market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global tax management software market are Avalara, Inc., Thomson Reuters Corporation, Wolters Kluwer N.V., Blucora, Inc., and SAP SE. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Avalara, Inc.
  • Thomson Reuters Corporation
  • Wolters Kluwer N.V.
  • Blucora, Inc.
  • SAP SE
  • Sovos Compliance
  • Vertex, Inc.
  • DAVO Technologies
  • TaxCloud
  • Canopy Tax, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Tax Management Software Market Report

  • Global tax management software market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional tax management software market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Tax management software submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by component, tax type, deployment mode, organization size, industry verticals, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to tax management software market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level tax management software markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the tax management software market

The global aerosol cans market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 4% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was valued at over USD 10 billion in 2020. The rising demand for aerosol cans from various end-use industries such as personal care, healthcare, automotive, and others is a major factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the changing consumer lifestyles, increasing disposable income are some other factors to propel the market. Moreover, the increasing demand for personal care products such as hair spray, deodorant, and body creams is anticipated to increase the demand for aerosol cans over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global aerosol cans market is segmented into material, type, end-use, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into aluminum, steel, plastic, and others. The aluminum segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 and is expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period due to its wide use in packaging material. The material is used widely due to its properties such as lightweight, corrosion-resistant, recyclability, shatterproof, and flexible nature. The aluminum is recyclable and eco-friendly which is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

On the basis of type, the global aerosol cans market is classified into liquefied gas propellant and compressed gas propellant. The liquefied gas propellant segment held the largest market share in 2020 and is expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in various applications such as foams, deodorants, perfumes, and insecticides. On the other hand, the compressed gas propellant segment is expected to provide some opportunities in the market due to its rising use in the pharmaceutical sector such as drug delivery in the nasal passages and pulmonary airways.

Aerosol Cans Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

By end-use, the market is bifurcated into personal care, household care, automotive, healthcare, and others. The personal care segment dominated the global aerosol cans market in 2020 and is projected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing use of aerosol cans in personal care products such as deodorant, perfumes, shaving foams, and face & body creams has contributed to the segment growth. The increasing demand for personal care products due to changing lifestyles and increasing disposable income is projected to increase the demand for aerosol cans in the personal care segment.

The aerosol cans comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The aerosol cans market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Aerosol Cans Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Aluminum
  • Steel
  • Plastic
  • Others

By Type:

  • Liquefied Gas Propellant
  • Compressed Gas Propellant

By End-Use:

  • Personal Care
  • Household Care
  • Automotive
  • Healthcare
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the aerosol cans market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The aerosol cans market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The aerosol cans market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Aerosol cans market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global aerosol cans market are Ball Corporation, Trivium Packaging, Crown, Mauser Packaging Solutions, and Toyo Seikan Co. Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Ball Corporation
  • Trivium Packaging
  • Crown
  • Mauser Packaging Solutions
  • Toyo Seikan Co. Ltd.
  • Nampak Ltd.
  • CCL Container
  • Colep
  • CPMC Holdings Ltd.
  • Guangdong Sihai Iron-Printing and Tin-Making Co., Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Aerosol Cans Market Report

  • Global aerosol cans market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional aerosol cans market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Aerosol cans submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by material, by type, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to aerosol cans market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level aerosol cans markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the aerosol cans market

The global learning management system market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of over 13% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was estimated at around USD 13 billion in 2020. The increasing adoption of digital learning and comprehensive government initiatives are some major factors that are driving the market growth. The rising trend of Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) and the increasing use of smart devices are further expected to boost the market. In addition, the increasing penetration of artificial intelligence and machine learning in LMS is anticipated to increase the demand for eLearning in both the educational and corporate sectors. However, the low adoption of LMS in underdeveloped countries in MEA and Latin America is expected to restrain the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global learning management systems market is bifurcated into component, deployment mode, end-user, and geography. On the basis of components, the market is further segmented into solutions and services. The service segment dominated the global market in 2020 due to the increasing demand for support services and consulting from various end-users. By deployment mode, the cloud-based mode is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 and is expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the growing penetration of IoT-based tools in LMS.

Learning Management System Market Size & Growth

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The learning management system comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global learning management system market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The learning management system market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Learning Management System Market Segmentation:

By Component:

  • Solution
  • Services

By Deployment Mode:

  • Cloud
  • On-premises

By End-User:

  • Academic
  • Corporate

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global learning management systems market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 40% of the market in terms of revenue. The early adoption of new technology and the availability of strong IT infrastructure are some major factors that contributed to the market growth in the region. The increasing adoption of digital learning and the increasing use of handheld devices such as smartphones and tablets is further expected to boost the market in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global learning management system market are Blackboard, Cornerstone OnDemand, D2L Corporation, Oracle, and Adobe Systems. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Blackboard
  • Cornerstone OnDemand
  • D2L Corporation
  • Oracle
  • Adobe Systems
  • CrossKnowledge
  • SAP SE
  • Docebo
  • PowerSchool
  • IBM
  • Epignosis

Key Questions Answered by Learning Management System Market Report

  • Global learning management system market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional learning management system market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Learning management system submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by component, by deployment mode, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the learning management system market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level learning management system markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the learning management system market

The global aircraft pumps market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 7% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was valued at over USD 3 billion in 2020. The growing aircraft fleets and the increasing air traffic are some major factors to drive the market growth. The growing use of air transportation in the commercial sector is further expected to fuel the market. The rising need to develop light and more flexible aircraft to improve efficiency is expected to uplift the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global aircraft pumps market is bifurcated into type, technology, aircraft type, end-use, and geography. On the basis of pump type, the market is further segmented into fuel pumps, hydraulic pumps, lubrication pumps, and others. The fuel pumps segment dominated the market in 2020 owing to the increasing demand for aircraft transport in the commercial sector globally. At the time of lockdown amidst COVID-19, the part replacement and planes repair were held in various countries. Furthermore, the increasing use of UAVs in surveillance, security, and modern agriculture is projected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

On the basis of technology, the market is divided into ram air turbine-driven, air-driven, engine-driven, and electric motor-driven. The electric motor driven segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its benefits such as low fuel consumption and reduced emission. The manufacturers are focusing to shift towards electric components from traditional pneumatic and hydraulic components to improve efficiency and reduce carbon emission.

Aircraft Pumps Market Size & Forecast

For more information about the report, request sample papers

By aircraft type, the global aircraft pumps market is segmented into fixed-wing, rotary wing, and unmanned aerial vehicles. The UAVs segment is anticipated to register the highest growth rate over the forecast period. The increasing use of UAVs in security & surveillance, modern agriculture, and disaster management is further expected to increase the demand for aircraft pumps over the forecast period.

 

The aircraft pumps comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The aircraft pumps market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Aircraft Pumps Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Fuel Pumps
  • Hydraulic Pumps
  • Lubrication Pumps
  • Water and Waste System Pumps
  • Air-conditioning and Cooling Pumps

By Technology:

  • Ram Air Turbine Driven
  • Air Driven
  • Engine Driven
  • Electric Motor Driven

By Aircraft Type:

  • Fixed Wing
  • Rotary Wing
  • Unmanned Aerial Vehicles

By End-Use:

  • OEM
  • Aftermarket

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global aircraft pumps market in 2020. The technological advancement in pumps is one of the prominent factor to drive the market growth in the region. The increasing number of aircraft and the rising investment by companies to deliver high quality is further expected to fuel the market growth in North America. Moreover, the presence of some major players such as Parker-Hannifin Corporation, Woodward, Inc., Crane Co., and Collins Aerospace has contributed to the market growth in the region. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest CAGR over the forecast period due to the rapid growth in air travel coupled with the growing disposable income per capita and increasing population.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global aircraft pumps market are Safran, Eaton Corporation plc, Parker-Hannifin Corporation, Woodward, Inc., and Crane Co. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Safran
  • Eaton Corporation plc
  • Parker-Hannifin Corporation
  • Woodward, Inc.
  • Crane Co.
  • Honeywell International Inc.
  • Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
  • Pall Corporation
  • AeroControlex
  • Zodiac Aerosystems

Key Questions Answered by Aircraft Pumps Market Report

  • Global aircraft pumps market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional aircraft pumps market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Aircraft pumps submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 cover the market by type, by technology, by aircraft type, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the aircraft pumps market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level aircraft pumps markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the aircraft pumps market

The global disposable gloves market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 9% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at over USD 10 billion in 2020. The rising demand from the healthcare industry amidst COVID-19 is a major factor to drive the market growth. The rising concern regarding safety and hygiene and the increasing prevalence of chronic diseases is further expected to increase the demand for disposable gloves across the globe. The increasing healthcare expenditure in developing economies and rapid growth in healthcare infrastructure is expected to uplift the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global disposable gloves market is segmented into material, product, end-use, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into natural rubber, nitrile, vinyl, neoprene, polyethylene, and others. Natural rubber segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing demand for natural rubber gloves in various end-use applications such as medical, pharmaceuticals, food processing, and automotive has contributed to the segment growth. In contrast, the nitrile disposable gloves segment is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

By end-use, the market is segmented into medical and non-medical end-use. The medical segment dominated the global disposable gloves market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 80% of the market in terms of revenue. The increased demand from the healthcare sector amidst the COVID-19 pandemic has contributed to the market growth by medical end-use. The rising awareness regarding healthcare-associated infection and growing concern of safety and hygiene is further expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Disposable Gloves Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The disposable gloves comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The disposable gloves market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Disposable Gloves Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Natural Rubber
  • Nitrile
  • Vinyl
  • Neoprene
  • Polyethylene
  • Others

Product:

  • Powdered
  • Powder-free

By End-Use:

  • Medical & Healthcare
    • Examination
    • Surgical
  • Non-Medical

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global disposable gloves market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The COVID-19 outbreak is a major factor to drives the market growth in the region. The growing healthcare expenditure and rising consumer awareness regarding safety and hygiene are further expected to drive the market growth in North America. In addition, the Asia Pacific is estimated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to increasing demand for disposable gloves in various end-use applications such as food & beverage, healthcare, and automotive.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global disposable gloves market are Semperit Ag Holding, Top Glove Corporation Bhd, Ansell Ltd., Supermax Corporation Berhad, and Cardinal Health, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Semperit Ag Holding
  • Top Glove Corporation Bhd
  • Ansell Ltd.
  • Supermax Corporation Berhad
  • Cardinal Health, Inc
  • Hartalega Holdings Berhad
  • Kossan Rubber Industries Bhd
  • Ammex Corp.
  • Sempermed USA, Inc.
  • Kimberly-Clark Corp.
  • MCR Safety

Key Questions Answered by Disposable Gloves Market Report

  • Global disposable gloves market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional disposable gloves market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Disposable gloves submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by material, by product, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the disposable gloves market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level disposable gloves markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the disposable gloves market

The global food safety testing market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of around 8% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was valued at USD 19 billion in 2020. The increasing incidence of chemical contamination in food processing due to unconventional techniques in packaged foods production is a major factor to drive the market growth. The changing lifestyle and the increasing adoption of ready-to-eat food is expected to increase the demand for processed and packaged food, which is expected to drive the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global food safety testing market is bifurcated into test type, application, and geography. On the basis of the test, the market is further segmented into allergen, chemical & nutritional, genetically modified organism (GMO), microbiological, and others. The microbiological segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. In contrast, genetically modified organism testing is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

By application, the market is further segmented into meat, poultry, & seafood products, dairy & dairy products, processed food, and others. The meat, poultry & seafood segment dominated the global food safety testing market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around 30% of the market in 2020. The increasing consumption of meat and poultry products around the world is a major factor to drive the segment growth. On the other hand, the dairy products segment is anticipated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Food Safety Testing Market Size

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The food safety testing comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The food safety testing market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Food Safety Testing Market Segmentation:

By Test:

  • Allergen Testing
  • Chemical & Nutritional Testing
  • Genetically Modified Organism (GMO) Testing
  • Microbiological Testing
  • Residues & Contamination Testing
  • Others

By Application:

  • Meat, Poultry, & Seafood Products
  • Dairy & Dairy Products
  • Processed Food
  • Beverages
  • Cereals & Grains

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global food safety testing market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest revenue share over one-third share of the market. The increasing incidence of food allergy is a major factor to drives the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the stringent regulation regarding food processing and packaging is another vital factor to fuel the market in Europe. The Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period. The increasing demand for packaged food in developing economies such as India, China is expected to drive the market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global food safety testing market are Eurofins Scientific, SGS S.A., Intertek Group plc, Mérieux NutriSciences, and ALS Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Eurofins Scientific
  • SGS S.A.
  • Intertek Group plc
  • Mérieux NutriSciences
  • ALS Ltd.
  • Bureau Veritas S.A.
  • AsureQuality Ltd.
  • Symbio Laboratories
  • Cotecna Inspection SA
  • Adpen Laboratories, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Food Safety Testing Market Report

  • Global food safety testing market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional food safety testing market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Food safety testing submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by test, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to food safety testing market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level food safety testing markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the food safety testing market

The global surgical robot market size is anticipated to register a higher CAGR of around 22% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at over USD 2 billion in 2020. The rising adoption of minimally invasive surgeries due to benefits associated with it such as cost-effective and shorter hospital stay is a major factor to drive the market growth. The increasing interest of some major players and technological advancement is further expected to boost the market growth. Moreover, the rising adoption of robot-assisted surgeries and continuous research and development in robotic surgeries is projected to uplift the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global surgical robots market is bifurcated into application, end-use, and geography. On the basis of application, the market is further segmented into gynecological surgery, urological surgery, neurosurgery, orthopedic surgery, and others. The neurosurgery segment is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing prevalence of stroke, neurological dysfunction, and brain aneurysm. Furthermore, the increasing use of surgical robots to treat patients suffering from brain-related conditions and tumors is expected to drive the segment growth.

By end-use, the market is segmented into hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers. The ambulatory surgery centers segment dominated the global surgical robots market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment’s growth is driven by factors such as cost-effectiveness and no hospitalization of patients. Data from a study conducted by Healthcare Bluebook, an information provider for healthcare facilities, suggested it helps it save around USD 38 billion annually with its low-cost operations.

Surgical Robot Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The surgical robot comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The surgical robot market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Surgical Robot Market Segmentation:

By Application:

  • Gynecological Surgery
  • Urological Surgery
  • Neurosurgery
  • Orthopedic Surgery
  • Others

By End-Use:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgery Centers (ASCs)

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the surgical robot market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The surgical robot market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The surgical robot market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Surgical robot market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global surgical robot market are Smith and Nephew, Medrobotics Corporation, Intuitive Surgical,  TransEnterix, Inc., and Medtronic. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Smith and Nephew
  • Medrobotics Corporation
  • Intuitive Surgical
  • TransEnterix, Inc.
  • Medtronic
  • Renishaw, plc
  • Stryker Corporation
  • Zimmer Biomet
  • Think Surgical, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Surgical Robot Market Report

  • Global surgical robot market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional surgical robot market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Surgical robot submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the surgical robot market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level surgical robot markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the surgical robot market

The global dimethyl sulfate market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing use of DMS in various chemical applications is a major factor to drive the market growth. The rising demand for consumer products such as dyes, perfumes, and fabric softeners is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period. Furthermore, the increasing demand for water treatment due to the increasing focus of governments across the globe is projected to propel the market. Moreover, the increasing demand for pharmaceutical products and increasing investment in water treatment around the world is anticipated to boost the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The dimethyl sulfate market is bifurcated into form, application, and geography. On the basis of form, the market is further segmented into liquid and vapor. By application, the market is divided into pharmaceuticals, water treatment, chemical industry, fabric softeners, personal care, and others. The fabric softener segment is expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period.

The dimethyl sulfate comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global dimethyl sulfate market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Dimethyl Sulfate Market Segmentation:

By Form:

  • Liquid
  • Vapor

By Application:

  • Pharmaceuticals
  • Water Treatment
  • Chemical Industry
  • Fabric Softeners
  • Personal Care
  • Cosmetics
  • War Gas
  • Perfumes
  • Dyes
  • Agrochemicals
  • Surfactants

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the dimethyl sulfate market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The dimethyl sulfate market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The dimethyl sulfate market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Dimethyl sulfate market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global dimethyl sulfate market are Dow Chemical Company, Dupont, BASF, Chevron Phillips Chemical Company, and Celedon Laboratories. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Dow Chemical Company
  • Dupont
  • BASF
  • Chevron Phillips Chemical Company
  • Sigma Aldrich
  • Celedon Laboratories
  • IRO Group
  • Honeywell
  • CABB Company

Key Questions Answered by Dimethyl Sulfate Market Report:

  • Global dimethyl sulfate market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional dimethyl sulfate market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Dimethyl sulfate submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by form, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to dimethyl sulfate market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level dimethyl sulfate markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the dimethyl sulfate market

The global viscosupplementation market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of  9% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at USD 3.3 billion in 2020. The rising demand for osteoarthritis treatment and the increasing prevalence of lifestyle-related disorders are some major factors to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the rapid growth in geriatric population and increasing rate of osteoarthritis is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period. According to the latest information shared by NIH, around 13% of women and 10% of men aged 60 and more years are suffered from osteoarthritis.

Market Segment Insights:

The global viscosupplementation market is bifurcated into product, application, end-use, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into single injection, three injection, and five injection. The three injection segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 due to the increasing adoption of the product and the large-scale availability of the product. In contrast, the single injection segment is expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the fewer side effects, reduced hospital visits, and shorter regimens.

Viscosupplementation Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The viscosupplementation comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global viscosupplementation market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The viscosupplementation market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Viscosupplementation Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Single Injection
  • Three Injection
  • Five Injection

By Application:

  • Knee Osteoarthritis
  • Hip Osteoarthritis
  • Hand Osteoarthritis

By End-Use:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers (ASCs)
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global viscosupplementation market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The market growth is attributed to the improved healthcare infrastructure in emerging economies such as China, Japan, and India. Furthermore, the rising awareness regarding viscosupplementation and the increasing demand for non-surgical procedures are projected to propel the market growth. Moreover, the growing geriatric population and changing lifestyle is anticipated to fuel the market growth over the forecast period in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global viscosupplementation market are Sanofi, Anika Therapeutics, Inc., Seikagaku Corporation, Zimmer Holdings Inc., and Bioventus. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Sanofi
  • Anika Therapeutics, Inc.
  • Seikagaku Corporation
  • Zimmer Holdings Inc.
  • Bioventus
  • Ferring B.V.
  • Lifecore Biomedical, LLC
  • LG Life Sciences Ltd.
  • Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Fidia Farmaceutici S.p.A.

Key Questions Answered by Viscosupplementation Market Report

  • Global viscosupplementation market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional viscosupplementation market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Viscosupplementation submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to viscosupplementation market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level viscosupplementation markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the viscosupplementation market

The global ferroelectric materials market size is anticipated to grow at a significant CAGR of around 9% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 4 billion by 2027. The increasing demand for advanced materials in various end-use industries such as electronics, aerospace, automotive is a major factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing production of electronics appliances and smart devices is expected to increase the demand for ferroelectric materials which is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global ferroelectric materials market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into barium titanate and others. The barium titanate segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for electric vehicles. The stringent government regulation regarding emission is a major factor to drive the segment growth.

Ferroelectric Materials Market Size

For more information about the study, request sample papers

The ferroelectric materials comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global ferroelectric materials market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Ferroelectric Materials Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Barium Titanate
  • Others

By Application:

  • Ceramic Capacitor
  • PTC Thermistor
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the ferroelectric materials market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The ferroelectric materials market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The ferroelectric materials market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Ferroelectric materials market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global ferroelectric materials market are Kojundo Chemical, Sparkler Ceramics, Nippon Chemical, Sakai Chemical, and PI Ceramic. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Kojundo Chemical
  • Sparkler Ceramics
  • Nippon Chemical
  • Sakai Chemical
  • PI Ceramic
  • Techno Alpha
  • EPSON
  • Novio MEMS
  • IBM
  • Delphi

Key Questions Answered by Ferroelectric Materials Market Report

  • Global ferroelectric materials market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional ferroelectric materials market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Ferroelectric materials submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the ferroelectric materials market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level ferroelectric materials markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the ferroelectric materials market

The global robotic process automation market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 30% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 9 billion by 2027. The rising necessity to automate complex business processes in various industries is a major factor to drive market growth. Amidst COVID-19, the change in business operation is further expected to favor the market growth. Moreover, the benefits associated with the RPA such as cost reduction, error reduction, and improved efficiency is projected to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global robotic process automation market is bifurcated into type, deployment, organization size, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into software and service. The services segment dominated the market and accounted to hold the largest market share around two-third of the market in terms of revenue. The rising adoption of cloud for deployment and growing demand for RPA outsourcing to meet repetitive high-volume task has contributed the segment growth. Furthermore, the continuous improvement in automation services is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

By application, the market is fragmented into BFSI, pharma & healthcare, retail & consumer goods, it & telecom, manufacturing, and others. The BFSI segment dominated the global robotic process automation market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share around one-third share of the market. The improved efficiency, fast speed, and integration with AI are some major factors to contribute the segment growth. Furthermore, the growing BFSI activities due to the rising globalization are anticipated to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. in contrast, the healthcare and pharma segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate due to the increasing adoption of RPA solutions in the industry.

Robotic Process Automation Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The robotic process automation comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The robotic process automation market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Robotic Process Automation Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Software
  • Service

By Deployment:

  • Cloud
  • On-Premise

By Organization:

  • Large Enterprises
  • Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs)

By Application:

  • BFSI
  • Pharma & Healthcare
  • Retail & Consumer Goods
  • IT & Telecom
  • Communication and Media & Education
  • Manufacturing
  • Logistics, and Energy & Utilities
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global robotic process automation market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share over one-third percent of the market by revenue. The rapid adoption of RPA solutions in various industries is a major factor to drive the market growth in the region. the rising awareness to improve business functions such as data entry, finance, record keeping and other HR process is further expected to fuel the market growth in North America. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing adoption of RPA solutions in various industries such as healthcare, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, IT & telecom, and retail.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global robotic process automation market are Blue Prism Group Plc, Celaton Ltd., Kofax Ltd., Xerox Corporation, and Verint Systems Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Blue Prism Group Plc
  • Celaton Ltd.
  • Kofax Ltd.
  • Xerox Corporation
  • Verint Systems Inc.
  • Automation Anywhere Inc.
  • Ipsoft, Inc.
  • Redwood Software
  • UiPath
  • Pegasystems Inc.
  • Kryon Systems

Key Questions Answered by Robotic Process Automation Market Report

  • Global robotic process automation market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional robotic process automation market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Robotic process automation submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by deployment, by organization, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the robotic process automation market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level robotic process automation markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the robotic process automation market

The global zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of 6% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 1 billion in 2020. The zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate is also known as Ziram. The increasing consumption in agricultural fungicide is a major factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing use of ziram in various end-use industries such as agriculture, fungicide, pesticide, and rubber is expected to propel the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global zinc dimethyldithiocarbamate market is segmented into form, application, and geography. On the basis of form, the market is further fragmented into liquid and powder form. The liquid form segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020. On the other hand, the powder form segment is accounted to grow at a rapid growth rate due to the increasing demand in fungicide and vulcanized rubber applications.

By application, the market bifurcated into fungicide, pesticides, synthesis of rubber accelerator, and others. The fungicide segment held the largest market share in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The rising demand for fungicide in agriculture and agricultural economies is a major factor to drive the segment growth. In contrast, the vulcanization of rubber is further expected to drive the synthesis of rubber accelerator segment.

Zinc Dimethyldithiocarbamate Market Size

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Zinc Dimethyl Dithiocarbamate Market Segmentation:

By Form:

  • Powder
  • Liquid

By Application:

  • Fungicide
  • Pesticides
  • Synthesis of Rubber Accelerator
  • Other

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global zinc dimethyldithiocarbamte market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The region has accounted to hold the largest revenue share around one-third of the global market. The rapid growth in agricultural activities in region has increased the demand for fungicides and pesticides, which is expected to drive the market growth in the region. The rising adoption of modern farming to fulfill the increasing food demand is another factor to increase the demand for ziram in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market Fine Chemical Manufacturer, Haihang industry Co., LTD., Hangzhou J & H Chemical Co., LTD., China Skyrun Industrial CO.,Ltd., and Nanjing datang chemical Co.,Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Fine Chemical Manufacturer
  • Haihang industry Co., LTD.
  • Hangzhou J & H Chemical Co., LTD.
  • China Skyrun Industrial CO.,Ltd.
  • Nanjing datang chemical Co.,Ltd.
  • Chemische Fabrik Budenheim KG
  • Yuntianhua Group Company Limited.
  • Wengfu Group
  • Vale S.A.
  • EuroChem Mcc

Key Questions Answered by Zinc Dimethyl Dithiocarbamate Market Report

  • Global zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by form, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the zinc dimethyl dithiocarbamate market

The global marine electric vehicles market size is expected to register a significant CAGR of over 10% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach over USD 8.5 billion by 2027. The rising demand for electric unmanned underwater vehicles (UUVs) and increasing adoption of electric vehicles are some major factors to drive the market growth. The increasing demand for shipping and stringent regulation regarding emission control are some other factors to fuel the market. Furthermore, the rapid growth in tourism activities has increased the demand for workboats, yachts, sea scooters, and autonomous underwater vehicles, which is projected to support the market growth positively.

Market Segment Insights:

The global electric marine vehicles market is bifurcated into type, platform, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into battery electric vehicle, plug-in hybrid vehicle, and hybrid electric vehicle. The battery-electric vehicle segment held the largest market share in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its benefits associated such as low maintenance cost and eco-friendly nature.

By application, the market is classified into military workboats, leisure and tourist surface boat, autonomous underwater, and others. The military workboats segment dominated the global marine electric vehicles market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend. In contrast, the autonomous underwater vehicles segment is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing demand from various sectors such as military & defense, oil & gas, etc.

Marine Electric Vehicles Market Size

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The marine electric vehicles comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The marine electric vehicles market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Marine Electric Vehicles Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Battery Electric Vehicle
  • Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle
  • Hybrid Electric Vehicle

By Platform:

  • On-Water Platforms
  • Underwater Platforms

By Application:

  • Military Work Boat
  • Leisure and Tourist Surface Boat
  • Autonomous Underwater
  • Personal & Tourist Submarine
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global marine electric vehicles market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around two-third of the market in terms of revenue. The rising adoption of electric vehicles and stringent regulation regarding carbon emission are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the fluctuating prices of fuel and the increasing purchase power of the consumer is further expected to propel the market growth in the region. Moreover, the presence of some major players has contributed the market growth in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global marine electric vehicles market are Boesch Motorboote AG, Electrovaya, Corvus Energy, Duffy Electric Boat, and Torqeedo GmBH. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Boesch Motorboote AG
  • Electrovaya
  • Corvus Energy
  • Duffy Electric Boat
  • Torqeedo GmBH
  • Triton Submarines
  • Ruban Bleu
  • Saft
  • Wärtsila
  • Boeing
  • Andaman Boatyard

Key Questions Answered by Marine Electric Vehicles Market Report

  • Global marine electric vehicles market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional marine electric vehicles market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Marine electric vehicles submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by platform, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to marine electric vehicles market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level marine electric vehicles markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the marine electric vehicles market

The global octafluorocyclobutane market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of 12% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and is expected to reach around USD 1.2 billion by 2027. The increasing demand for electrochemical and gases due to the increasing consumption of electronic devices such as smartphones and tablets is expected to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the growing demand for refrigerants in the food and beverage industry is projected to boost the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global octafluorocyclobutane market is bifurcated into application, end-use industry, and geography. On the basis of application, the market is further segmented into semiconductor devices, refrigerants, and others. The semiconductor devices segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 by revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in LED applications such as lighting, signage display, and automotive.

Octafluorocyclobutane Market Size & Forecast

For more information about the study, request sample papers

The octafluorocyclobutane comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global octafluorocyclobutane market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The octafluorocyclobutane market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Octafluorocyclobutane Market Segmentation:

By Application:

  • Semiconductor Devices
  • Refrigerant
  • Others

By End-Use Industry:

  • Electronics
  • Food
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global octafluorocyclobutane market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around one-third of the market in terms of revenue. the increasing demand for octafluorocyclobutane in emerging economies such as China, India due to the increasing demand for consumer electronics has driven the market in the region. Furthermore, the increasing consumer purchasing power and rapid growth in urbanization is expected to increase the demand for refrigerants for food and beverages, which is further expected to boost the market in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global octafluorocyclobutane market are American Elements, Hangzhou Dayangchem Co. Limited, Air Liquide, Foshan Huate Gas Co., Ltd., and The Linde Group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • American Elements
  • Hangzhou Dayangchem Co. Limited
  • Air Liquide
  • Foshan Huate Gas Co., Ltd.
  • The Linde Group
  • LINGGAS (TIANJIN) LTD.
  • Suzhou Jinhong Gas Co., LTD.
  • Dongyue Group Co., Ltd.
  • Foshan KODI Gas Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Shandong Ruihua Fluoride Industry Co., Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Octafluorocyclobutane Market Report

  • Global octafluorocyclobutane market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional octafluorocyclobutane market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Octafluorocyclobutane submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by application, by end-use industry, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to octafluorocyclobutane market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level octafluorocyclobutane markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the octafluorocyclobutane market

The global triethylamine market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 2 billion by 2020. The rising initiative and increasing investment by the government and rapid growth in animal welfare programs around the world are some major factors to drive the market growth. The increasing activates in the oil and gas industry is further expected to provide some new opportunities in the market. Moreover, the increasing demand for poultry products in emerging economies such as China, Indonesia, India, etc; is expected to increase the demand for animal feed which is projected to propel the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global triethylamine market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into anhydrous liquefied gas and aqueous solution. The aqueous solution segment is accounted hold the largest revenue share in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. in contrast, the anhydrous liquefied gas segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing demand for the product in the chemical industry.

By application, the market is classified into choline chloride, chemical intermediate, ion-exchange resins, and others. The choline chloride segment dominated the global triethylamine market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share around half of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for animal feed and growing activities in oil and gas exploration. Choline chloride is mainly used in animal feed. Due to the increasing population across the globe and rapid growth in urbanization, the demand for poultry products such as meat and eggs has increased, which is further expected to drive the segment growth.

Triethylamine Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The triethylamine comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The triethylamine market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Triethylamine Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Anhydrous Liquefied Gas
  • Aqueous Solution

By Application            :

  • Choline Chloride
  • Chemical Intermediate
  • Ion-exchange Resins
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global triethylamine market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share over half of the market. China is accounted as one of the fastest emerging economy and estimated to become the largest production house. The rapid growth in the manufacturing industry is one of the prominent factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the growing population and increasing demand for meat products is expected to uplift the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global triethylamine market are BASF SE, Celanese Corporation, Eastman Chemical Company, Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., and DuPont. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • BASF SE
  • Celanese Corporation
  • Eastman Chemical Company
  • Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.
  • DuPont
  • The Chemours Company
  • Triveni chemicals
  • Zhejiang jiangshan Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Ecoasia Chemical
  • Jianye Chem

Key Questions Answered by Triethylamine Market Report:

  • Global triethylamine market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional triethylamine market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Triethylamine submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the triethylamine market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level triethylamine markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the triethylamine market

The global organic chocolate spreads market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR of around 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing adoption of bread regularly by the urban population is a major factor to drive the market growth. The increasing use of chocolate spread as a compliment of butter due to low fat, high nutrition, and easy spreadability over food is further anticipated to increase the demand for chocolate spread. Moreover, the increasing consumer preference toward organic chocolate spread due to it health benefits is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global organic chocolate spreads market is bifurcated into product, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into hazelnut, duo, milk, and others. The hazelnut segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over one third of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its high nutritional value and heart health benefits. On the other hand, the dark chocolate segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

By distribution channel, the market is classified into hypermarket & supermarket, online, and others. The hypermarket and supermarket segment dominated the global organic chocolate spreads market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share over half of the market in terms of revenue. The rising consumer shift towards hypermarkets and supermarkets for shopping due to the availability of a wide range of brands and discounts associated with the product. Furthermore, the rapid growth in urbanization increasing number of hypermarkets and supermarkets in emerging economies is further expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Organic Chocolate Spreads Market

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The organic chocolate spreads comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The organic chocolate spreads market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Organic Chocolate Spreads Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Hazelnut
  • Duo
  • Milk
  • Dark
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hypermarket & Supermarket
  • Online
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global organic chocolate spreads market and accounted to hold a major market share around half of the market in 2020. The huge demand for chocolate spreads in emerging economies such as Russia, Spain, and Switzerland have contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, due to the presence of some major players in the region is expected to drive the market growth over the forecast period. In addition, the increasing consumption of organic products and the availability of certified cocoa companies are projected to support the market growth positively. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a fast growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global organic chocolate spreads market are Nutiva, Inc., Askinosie Chocolate, LLC, Phalada Pure & Sure, Rigoni di Asiago, and The Organic Family Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Nutiva, Inc.
  • Askinosie Chocolate, LLC
  • Phalada Pure & Sure
  • Rigoni di Asiago
  • The Organic Family Ltd.
  • Cocofina
  • BIONA
  • Artisana Organics
  • Mason & Co.
  • Pana Organic

Key Questions Answered by Organic Chocolate Spreads Market Report:

  • Global organic chocolate spreads market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional organic chocolate spreads market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Organic chocolate spreads submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to organic chocolate spreads market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level organic chocolate spreads markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the organic chocolate spreads market

The global electric vehicle plastics market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 35.8% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach around USD 5 billion by 2027. The increasing manufacturer focus to manufacture lightweight electric vehicles for more efficiency is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The growing demand for polypropylene due to its high flexibility, lightweight, and strength is further expected to boost the market.

Moreover, the increasing demand for electric vehicles in developed and developing economies is projected to propel the market over the forecast period. However, stringent government regulation and plastic recycling are some factors to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global electric vehicle plastic market is bifurcated into material, vehicle type, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further fragmented into polypropylene, polyurethane, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, polyvinyl chloride, and other materials. The polypropylene segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. High flexibility, lightweight, and high strength are some features are responsible to drive the segment growth by material.

By vehicle type, the market is segmented into hybrid electric, plug-in hybrid electric, and battery electric vehicles. The battery-electric vehicle segment dominated the global electric vehicle plastic market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing sale of battery electric vehicles in emerging economies is a major factor that has contributed the market growth.

Electric Vehicle Plastics Market Size & Growth

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The electric vehicle plastics comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The electric vehicle plastics market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Electric Vehicle Plastics Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Polypropylene (PP)
  • Polyurethane (PU)
  • Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS)
  • Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
  • Polyethylene (PE)
  • Polystyrene (PS)
  • polycarbonate (PC)
  • Polyamide (PA)
  • Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
  • Others

By Vehicle Type:

  • Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEVs)
  • Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEVs)
  • Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs)

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global electric vehicle plastic market in 2020 and expected to grow at significant CAGR during the forecast period. The Asia Pacific is accounted to hold the largest market share around one-third percent of the market in 2020 by revenue. The increasing demand for EVs and the presence of some major players have contributed the market growth in the region. The rising prices of gasoline and the growing purchasing power of consumers have increased the demand for EVs, which is further expected to drive market growth in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global electric vehicle plastics market are BASF SE, Evonik Industries AG, INEOS AG, Formosa Plastics Corporation, and LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • BASF SE
  • Evonik Industries AG
  • INEOS AG
  • Formosa Plastics Corporation
  • LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V.
  • I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
  • Sumitomo Chemical Co. Ltd.
  • The Dow Chemical Company
  • Mitsui Chemicals Inc.
  • Air Liquide S.A.

Key Questions Answered by Electric Vehicle Plastics Market Report:

  • Global electric vehicle plastics market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional electric vehicle plastics market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Electric vehicle plastics submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by material, by vehicle type, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to electric vehicle plastics market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level electric vehicle plastics markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the electric vehicle plastics market

The global electric vehicle battery materials market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 9% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach over USD 10 billion by 2027. The increasing demand for electrical vehicles around the world is expected to increase the demand for vehicle batteries, which is a major factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, technological advancement and the rising battery swapping services are expected to fuel the market over the forecast period. However, the high cost and self-discharging nature are some major factors to restrain the market growth. In addition, the technological advancement and rising adoption of advanced Li-ion batteries are expected to provide some new opportunities in the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global electric vehicle battery materials market is bifurcated into the material, vehicle type, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of material, the market is further segmented into lithium-ion, nickel-metal hydride, lead-acid, and solid-state batteries. The lithium-ion batteries segment dominated the market by material type in 2020 and accounted to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for lithium-ion batteries from both residential and commercial sectors.

By vehicle type, the market is further classified into battery-electric, plug-in hybrid electric, hybrid electric, and fuel cell electric vehicles. The battery-electric vehicle segment dominated the global electric vehicle battery material market in 2020 by the revenue due to the increasing demand for the vehicle across the globe. By distribution channel, the aftermarket segment is accounted to hold a major market share in 2020 and expected to grow at a significant CAGR over the forecast period.

Global Electric Vehicle Battery Materials Market

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The electric vehicle battery materials comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The electric vehicle battery materials market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Electric Vehicle Battery Materials Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Lithium-ion Batteries
  • Nickel-Metal Hydride Batteries
  • Lead-Acid Batteries
  • Solid-State Batteries

By Vehicle Type:

  • Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs)
  • Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEVs)
  • Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEVs)
  • Fuel Cell Electric Vehicles

By Distribution Channel:

  • Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)
  • Aftermarket

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global electric vehicle battery materials market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share over one-third of the market share. The market growth is attributed to the increasing number of electric vehicles in the region. The presence of some major players and the increasing interest of some key players to launch their products in the Asia Pacific are expected to fuel the market growth in the region. Recently, Tesla Inc. is looking to set up its electric car manufacturing unit in southern India.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global electric vehicle battery materials market are Asahi Kasei Corporation, LG Chem, Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings, BASF SE, and Samsung SDI Co. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Asahi Kasei Corporation
  • LG Chem
  • Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings
  • BASF SE
  • Samsung SDI Co.
  • Contemporary Amperex Material Type Co. Limited (CATL)
  • BYD Auto Co., Ltd.
  • Hitachi, Ltd.
  • Kureha Corporation
  • The Dow Chemical Company

Key Questions Answered by Electric Vehicle Battery Materials Market Report:

  • Global electric vehicle battery materials market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional electric vehicle battery materials market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Electric vehicle battery materials submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 cover the market by material, by vehicle type, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the electric vehicle battery materials market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level electric vehicle battery materials markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the electric vehicle battery materials market

The global BOPP laminating films market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 8% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 7 billion by 2027. The increasing demand from electrical applications, printing and laminations for packaging around the world is some major factors to drive the market growth. The wide use of these films due to its feature such as high durability, lightweight, eco-friendly, etc; is expected to increase the demand in various end-use industries, which is further expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Moreover, the rapid growth in urbanization, consumer shift toward modern lifestyle is expected to increase the demand for BOPP laminating films in the household application as well packaging, which is further anticipated to propel the market growth over the forecast period. However, the fluctuating raw material prices and the challenges associated with the production are some major factors to restrain the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global bi-oriented polypropylene (BOPP) laminating films market is bifurcated into application and geography. On the basis of application, the market is further segmented into printing & lamination, adhesive tape, photo albums, garment bags, decorations, and others. The printing and lamination segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share of the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for high-quality graphic packaging.

Global BOPP Laminating Films Market

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The BOPP laminating films comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2021 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global BOPP laminating films market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The BOPP laminating films market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global BOPP Laminating Films Market Segmentation:

By Application:

  • Printing & Lamination
  • Adhesive Tape
  • Photo Album
  • Garment Bag
  • Decoration
  • Others (Cigarette Wrap, Flower Wrap, and Vegetables & Fruits Packaging)

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the BOPP laminating films market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The BOPP laminating films market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The BOPP laminating films market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. BOPP laminating films market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global BOPP laminating films market are Futamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Manucor S.p.A., Cosmo Films, Oben Holding Group, Innovia Films, and Xpro India Limited. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Futamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Manucor S.p.A.
  • Oben Holding Group
  • Cosmo Films
  • Innovia Films
  • Xpro India Limited
  • Uflex Ltd.
  • Jindal Poly Films Ltd.
  • Biaxplen Ltd.
  • Cosmos Films Ltd.
  • Dunmore Corporation

Key Questions Answered by BOPP Laminating Films Market Report

  • Global BOPP laminating films market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional BOPP laminating films market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • BOPP laminating films submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to BOPP laminating films market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level BOPP laminating films markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the BOPP laminating films market

The global toothbrush sterilizer market size is accounted to grow at a higher CAGR of over 17% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising consumer awareness regarding health and hygiene around the world is major factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing disposable income per capita and the increasing trend of new products is anticipated to drive the market over the forecast period. In addition, the increasing manufacturer focus to launch new products and increasing consumer preference on e-commerce for online shopping is expected to propel the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global toothbrush sterilizer market is segmented into mounting type, charging mode, application, and geography. On the basis of mounting type, the market is further divided into wall-mounted and portable. The wall-mounted segment is accounted to hold the largest market share of around two-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing consumer preference toward wall-mounted products has contributed the segment growth. The properties associated with the wall mounting stands such as automatic holder and automatic timing are expected to fuel the segment growth over the forecast period.

By application, the market is bifurcated into residential and commercial applications. The residential segment dominated the global toothbrush sterilizer market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around three-fourths share of the market in terms of revenue. The rapid growth in urbanization and the increasing partial families have contributed the segment growth.

Toothbrush Sterilizer Market Size

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The toothbrush sterilizer comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The toothbrush sterilizer market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Toothbrush Sterilizer Market Segmentation:

By Mounting Type:

  • Wall Mounted
  • Portable

By Charging Mode:

  • Battery Operated
  • Plug-in

By Application:

  • Residential
  • Commercial

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the toothbrush sterilizer market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The toothbrush sterilizer market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The toothbrush sterilizer market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Toothbrush sterilizer market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global toothbrush sterilizer market are Dastmalchi, Koninklijke Philips N.V., Ningbo Seago Electric Co., Ltd., Wellness Oral Care, and Conair. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Dastmalchi
  • Koninklijke Philips N.V.
  • Ningbo Seago Electric Co., Ltd
  • Wellness Oral Care
  • Conair
  • Tao Clean
  • Puretta
  • Wonderchef
  • UVNIA
  • Pursonic

Key Questions Answered by Toothbrush Sterilizer Market Report:

  • Global toothbrush sterilizer market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional toothbrush sterilizer market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Toothbrush sterilizer submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by mounting type, by charging mode, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the toothbrush sterilizer market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level toothbrush sterilizer markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the toothbrush sterilizer market

The global mesh nozzle plate market size is anticipated to register s significant CAGR of 6% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for high precision products and the rising adoption of additive manufacturing processes are some major factors to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the growing application of mesh nozzle plates in various industries is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global mesh nozzle plates market is segmented into material type, application, and geography. On the basis of material type, the market is further divided into metals and alloys, engineered plastics, and others. The metal and alloy segment is accounted to hold the largest market share around 40% of the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth attributed to its high durability and wide use of these plates in various end-use industries.

By application, the market is bifurcated into medical, electronics, cosmetics, printers, and others. The medical segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing research and development in medical devices which have micro-mesh parts. The cosmetics segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020 due to the increasing use of mesh nozzle plate in perfumes, humidifiers, and diffusers.

Mesh Nozzle Plate Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The mesh nozzle plate comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The mesh nozzle plate market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Mesh Nozzle Plate Market Segmentation:

By Material:

  • Material Type
  • Metals and alloys
  • Engineered plastics
  • Others (Ceramics/ Piezoceramics)

By Application:

  • Medical
  • Electronics
  • Cosmetics
  • Printers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the mesh nozzle plate market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The mesh nozzle plate market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The mesh nozzle plate market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Mesh nozzle plate market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global mesh nozzle plate market are Johnson Matthey Piezo Products GmbH, Temicon GmbH, Veco B.V., Maidencreek Manufacturing Sales, LLC, and Tekceleo. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Johnson Matthey Piezo Products GmbH
  • Temicon GmbH
  • Veco B.V.
  • Maidencreek Manufacturing Sales, LLC
  • Tekceleo
  • MicroBase
  • Informatic Component Technology Limited
  • APC International, Ltd.
  • Piezo Direct
  • Dongguan Cosson Electronic Plastic Co., Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Mesh Nozzle Plate Market Report:

  • Global mesh nozzle plate market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional mesh nozzle plate market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Mesh nozzle plate submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by material, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to mesh nozzle plate market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level mesh nozzle plate markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the mesh nozzle plate market

The global insect protein market size is expected to register a significant CAGR of 25% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated at around USD 270 million in 2020. The growing consumer shift towards insect protein around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing public and private support for new protein sources in emerging economies are further expected to provide new opportunities for the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global insect protein market is bifurcated into product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into coleoptera, lepidoptera, hymenoptera, and others. The coleoptera segment is accounted to hold the largest market share around forty percent of the market in 2020. The traditional consumption of edible beetles in various countries is a major factor to drive the segment growth. In China, the Holotrichia parallela Motschulsky is known as edible insect spice is widely used due to its rich nutritional value.

By application, the market is classified into food & beverages, animal nutrition, personal care & cosmetics, and others. The food and beverage segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020. The rising demand for protein alternative and increasing adoption of insect-based protein are some major factor to drive the segment growth. On the other hand, the growing demand for insect based ingredients is anticipated to drive the animal nutrition segment over the forecast period.

Insect Protein Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The insect protein comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The insect protein market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Insect Protein Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Coleoptera
  • Lepidoptera
  • Hymenoptera
  • Orthoptera
  • Hemiptera
  • Diptera
  • Others

By Application:

  • Food & Beverages
  • Animal Nutrition
  • Personal Care & Cosmetics
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global insect protein market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The increasing consumption of insect ingredients in food applications among youngster and older is a major factor has contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the growing demand for insect-based protein in emerging economies is expected to drive market growth in Europe. The increasing consumer shift toward insect ingredient food due to rich nutritional value and increasing research and development in food application has contributed the market growth in North America.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global insect protein market are Aspire Food Group Protifarm, EntomoFarms, Protifarm, Chapul Cricket Protein, and Imago Insect Products GmbH. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Aspire Food Group Protifarm
  • EntomoFarms
  • Protifarm
  • Chapul Cricket Protein
  • Imago Insect Products GmbH
  • EnviroFlight LLC
  • AgriProtein Holdings Ltd.
  • Ynsect
  • Hexafly
  • Innovafeed

Key Questions Answered by Insect Protein Market Report:

  • Global insect protein market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional insect protein market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Insect protein submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the insect protein market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level insect protein markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the insect protein market

The global atmospheric water generator market size is expected to register a higher CAGR of over 18% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach over USD 6 billion by 2027. The steady demand for portable water and declining water resources across the globe is a major factor to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in infrastructure development and decreasing level of freshwater is expected to increase the demand for freshwater resources which is expected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period.

Moreover, the rapid growth in industrialization and growing population have resulted in an increase in the consumption of water across the globe. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), it is estimated that half of the world’s population could face water severity by 2050. The increasing scarcity of water coupled with the increasing water consumption is projected to uplift the market in the near future years. However, the high production cost and maintenance is expected to restrain the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global atmospheric water generators market is bifurcated into product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further fragmented into cooling condensation and wet desiccation. The cooling condensation segment dominated the market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The wide use of this technology at various end-use industries as well as residential and commercial buildings has contributed the market growth. Furthermore, technological advancement and the increasing demand for cooling condensation AWG are expected to fuel the segment growth over the forecast period. In contrast, the wet desiccation segment is accounted to grow at a massive growth rate over the forecast period.

Atmospheric Water Generator Market Size

To know more about the report, request sample papers

By application, the market is segmented into industrial, commercial, and residential applications. The industrial segment dominated the global AWG market in 2020 and accounted to hold a significant market share of over three-fourth of the market in terms of revenue. The steadily increasing demand for water in various end-use industries such as power generation, pharmaceuticals, mining, paper & pulp, etc is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. Furthermore, the rapid growth in industrialization in developing economies is expected to uplift the market growth in next upcoming years.

The atmospheric water generator comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The atmospheric water generator market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Atmospheric Water Generator Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Cooling Condensation
  • Wet Desiccation

By Application:

  • Industrial
  • Commercial
  • Residential

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global atmospheric water generators market in 2020 and accounted to hold a significant market share over one-third of the market in terms of revenue. The market growth is attributed to the increasing number of AWG installations due to the rising scarcity of water and declining water resources in the region. Furthermore, the rapid growth in industrialization and growing infrastructural activities is expected to propel the market in the region. On the other hand, the Middle-East & Africa is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global atmospheric water generator market are Akvo Atmospheric Water Systems Pvt. Ltd., Water Technologies International, Inc., Dew Point Manufacturing, WaterMaker India Pvt. Ltd., and Saisons Trade & Industry Private Limited. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Akvo Atmospheric Water Systems Pvt. Ltd.
  • Water Technologies International, Inc.
  • Dew Point Manufacturing
  • WaterMaker India Pvt. Ltd.
  • Saisons Trade & Industry Private Limited
  • PlanetsWater
  • Drinkable Air
  • Hendrx Water
  • SkyWater Air Water Machines
  • Energy and Water Development Corp. (EAWC)

Key Questions Answered by Atmospheric Water Generator Market Report:

  • Global atmospheric water generator market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional atmospheric water generator market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Atmospheric water generator submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to atmospheric water generator market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level atmospheric water generator markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the atmospheric water generator market

The global capnography devices market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 9.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at over USD 500 million in 2020. The rising use of capnography in serious surgeries coupled with better monitoring of patients is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing incidence of respiratory disease and rapid growth in technological advancement is further expected to fuel the market in near future. As per latest citing by World Health Organization (WHO), it is estimated that 262 million people were suffered by Asthma in 2019 and 461,000 deaths recorded by the disease. In addition, the increasing focus of manufacturers to develop advanced capnography devices is estimated to uplift the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global capnography devices market is segmented into product, technology, application, end-use, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is classified into handheld, standalone, and multiparameter. The handheld segment accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. the increasing adoption of capnography devices is a primary factor to drive the segment growth due to benefits associated with the devices. In contrast, the multiparameter segment is expected to grow at a significant growth rate due to its growing application in emergency medicine and procedural sedation.

By application, the market is bifurcated into emergency medicine, pain management, procedural sedation, critical care, and others. The emergency medicine segment dominated the global capnography devices market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share around one-fourth share of the market by revenue. The segment is also expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to its offered features such as non-invasive, continuous and real-time measurement.

Capnography Devices Market Size & Forecast

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The capnography devices comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The capnography devices market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Capnography Devices Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Handheld
  • Standalone
  • Multiparameter

By Technology:

  • Mainstream
  • Sidestream
  • Microstream

By Application:

  • Emergency Medicine
  • Pain Management
  • Procedural Sedation
  • Critical Care
  • Others

By End-Use:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Care Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America held the largest market share of capnography devices market in 2020 and accounted to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The increasing incidence of respiratory-related disease due to the changing lifestyle and rising level of stress is a primary factor to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the supportive government initiatives and the inclusion of advance reimbursement model for respiratory diseases are expected to uplift the market growth. The Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR over the forecast period. the increasing healthcare expenditure and rising awareness to adopt of capnography technology are some major factors to boost the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global capnography devices market are Smiths Medical, Inc., Welch Allyn, Medtronic, Masimo, and Dragerwerk AG & Co. KGaA. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Smiths Medical, Inc.
  • Welch Allyn
  • Medtronic
  • Masimo
  • Dragerwerk AG & Co. KGaA
  • Edan Instruments, Inc.
  • BD and Kohden Corporation
  • Diamedica (UK) Limited
  • Koninklijke Philips N.V.
  • Stryker Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Capnography Devices Market Report:

  • Global capnography devices market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional capnography devices market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Capnography devices submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by technology, by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to capnography devices market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level capnography devices markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the capnography devices market

The global data annotation tools market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of around 28% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising adoption of image data annotation tools in various end-use industries such as healthcare, automotive, and retail is a major factor to drive the market growth across the globe. The key benefit associated with the tools is increased efficiency and better support to handle a large volume of data on the cloud and Hadoop platform, which is expected to expand the market globally. The increasing importance of high-quality, well-labeled input data to enhance the accuracy of machine learning algorithms is further driving the industry demand.

Market Segment Insights:

The global data annotation tools market is bifurcated into type, annotation type, end-use industry, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into text, image/video, and audio. The text segment is accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third share of the market in 2020. On the other hand, the image/video segment is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing application of image data annotation in the healthcare industry, especially in medical imaging.

By end-use, the market is fragmented into IT, automotive, healthcare, financial services, retail, and others. The IT segment dominated the global data annotation tools market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of around one-third of the market share by revenue. Furthermore, the healthcare segment is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing adoption of AI in the healthcare industry for various applications such as diagnostic, drug development, treatment prediction, and gene sequencing.

Global Data Annotation Tools Market

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The data annotation tools comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The data annotation tools market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Data Annotation Tools Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Text
  • Image/Video
  • Audio

By Annotation Type:

  • Manual
  • Semi-supervised
  • Automatic

By End-Use Industry:

  • IT
  • Automotive
  • Government
  • Healthcare
  • Financial Services
  • Retail
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the data annotation tools market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The data annotation tools market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The data annotation tools market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Data annotation tools market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global data annotation tools market are Appen Limited, Amazon Web Services, Inc., Clickworker GmbH, CloudApp, Inc., and CloudFactory Limited. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Appen Limited
  • Amazon Web Services, Inc.
  • Clickworker GmbH
  • CloudApp, Inc.
  • CloudFactory Limited
  • Cogito Tech LLC
  • Dataturks
  • Google LLC
  • Hive
  • IBM Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Data Annotation Tools Market Report:

  • Global data annotation tools market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional data annotation tools market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Data annotation tools submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by annotation, by end-use industry, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to data annotation tools market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level data annotation tools markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the data annotation tools market

The global brachytherapy market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of 7% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 800 million in 2020. The increasing number of cancer cases around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. As per latest citing by International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), the number of cancer patients is expected to reach at around 24.6 million by 2030 and it is estimated that around 19.3 million new cases are diagnosed as cancer cases in 2020 and 10 million deaths recorded in 2020.

Moreover, the technological advancement and the rising adoption of brachytherapy in developed economies is further expected to fuel the market growth in near future years. The wide use of this therapy to treat prostate, gynecological, and breast cancer is projected to boost the market. However, the lack of skilled professionals and low access to advances products is expected to hinder the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global brachytherapy market is bifurcated into product, dosage type, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into seeds, applicators & afterloaders, and electronic brachytherapy. The seed segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 around one-third of the market share in terms of revenue. On the other hand, the electronic brachytherapy segment is anticipated to register the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to benefits associated with it such as low dose radiation, minimal exposure, and no radioactive wastage.

Brachytherapy Market Size & Forecast

For more information about the report, request sample papers

By application, the market is classified into prostate, gynecological, breast, and other cancers. The prostate cancer segment dominated the global brachytherapy market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share around one-third of the market share. in contrast, the breast cancer segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing cases of the breast cancer around the world. According to WCRF, 2,088,849 cancer cases were found as breast cancer globally in 2018.

The brachytherapy comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The brachytherapy market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Brachytherapy Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Seeds
  • Applicators & Afterloaders
  • Electronic Brachytherapy

By Dosage Type:

  • HDR Brachytherapy
  • LDR Brachytherapy

By Application:

  • Prostate Cancer
  • Gynecological Cancer
  • Breast Cancer
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global brachytherapy market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around half of the market share in terms of revenue. The early adoption of new technologies and a well structured healthcare infrastructure are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to hold the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to increasing number of cancer cases coupled with the largest population area across the globe.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global brachytherapy market are Varian Medical Systems, Inc., Dickinson & Company, Elekta AB, Becton, and Isoray Medical, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Varian Medical Systems, Inc.
  • Dickinson & Company
  • Elekta AB
  • Becton
  • Isoray Medical, Inc.
  • CIVCO Medical Solutions
  • Eckert & Ziegler BEBIG
  • Theragenics Corporation
  • iCAD, Inc.
  • Isoray Medical, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Brachytherapy Market Report:

  • Global brachytherapy market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional brachytherapy market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Brachytherapy submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by dosage type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to brachytherapy market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level brachytherapy markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the brachytherapy market

The global neurovascular intervention devices market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and was valued at around USD 3 billion in 2020. The rising prevalence of neurological disorder in geriatric and obese population around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. According to the latest information shared by World Health Organization (WHO), around 13.2% deaths are recorded due to the neurological disease in developed countries. Furthermore, the increasing adoption of minimally invasive products and favorable reimbursement policies are some other factors to drive the market.

According to United Nations, it is estimated that 727 million people are aged 65 years or above globally and the count of people aged 65 years or above is expected to reach over 1.5 billion by 2050. It is a common factor to increase the neurological related disease across the globe. Moreover, the increasing incidence of high blood pressure due to the rising smoking habits globally is expected to increase the neurological disorder which is expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The neurovascular intervention devices market is bifurcated into product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into artificial embolization devices, stents, thrombectomy devices, and support devices. The artificial embolization devices segment dominated the market in 2020 by revenue and accounted to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. the technological advancement in artificial embolization devices is a major factor to drive the segment growth.

Neurovascular Intervention Devices Market Size

To know more about the study, request sample papers

The neurovascular intervention devices comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The neurovascular intervention devices market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Neurovascular Intervention Devices Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Artificial Embolization Devices
  • Stents
  • Thrombectomy Devices
  • Support Devices

By Application:

  • Intracranial Aneurysm
  • Ischemic Stroke
  • Arteriovenous Malformation
  • Other Diseases

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the neurovascular intervention devices market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The neurovascular intervention devices market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The neurovascular intervention devices market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Neurovascular intervention devices market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global neurovascular intervention devices market are Stryker Corporation, Medtronic Plc, Terumo Corporation, Balt Extrusion, and Penumbra, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Stryker Corporation
  • Medtronic Plc
  • Terumo Corporation
  • Balt Extrusion
  • Penumbra, Inc.
  • Johnson & Johnson
  • Boston Scientific Corporation
  • Silk Road Medical Inc.
  • Abbott Laboratories
  • Acandis GmbH

Key Questions Answered by Neurovascular Intervention Devices Market Report:

  • Global neurovascular intervention devices market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional neurovascular intervention devices market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Neurovascular intervention devices submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to neurovascular intervention devices market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level neurovascular intervention devices markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the neurovascular intervention devices market

The global flavoring agents market size is expected to witness a significant growth rate of around 5% CAGR during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 24 billion by 2027. The rising demand for authentic and natural food flavors due to increasing consumption of ready-to-eat, and convenience food around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth.

The growing consumption of functional beverages among millennials is further expected to drive the market growth over the forecast period. the increasing disposable income per capita and the rising consumer interest in traveling are expected to increase the demand for convenience, organic, and RTE food, which is anticipated to increase the demand for flavoring agents in the next future years. Moreover, the wide use of flavoring agents in various end-use applications such as beverages, bakery, confectionary, and others is projected to fuel the market growth. The increasing interest of manufacturers to launch new products is attributed to uplift the market in next upcoming years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global flavoring agents market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further fragmented into natural and artificial flavors. The artificial flavor segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share in 2020 owing to the huge demand for artificial flavors by food and beverage companies across the globe. On the other hand, the natural flavor segment is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate due to the increasing consumer preference towards natural products. The increasing consumption of packaged juice and carbonated beverage is expected to increase the demand for natural flavoring agents over the forecast period.

Flavoring Agents Market Size & Growth

For more information about the study, request sample papers

By application, the market is segmented into beverages, bakery, dairy, confectionery, and others. The beverage segment held the largest market share in 2020 by revenue and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing consumption of sports drinks, juices, carbonated drinks, alcoholic drinks around the world. The increasing consumption of beverages by the young generation at the workplace, travel, and parties is anticipated to fuel the segment growth over the forecast period.

The flavoring agents comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The flavoring agents market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Flavoring Agents Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Natural Flavor
  • Artificial Flavor

By Application:

  • Beverages
  • Bakery
  • Dairy
  • Savory & Convenience Foods
  • Confectionery
  • Meat
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global flavoring agents market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-fourth of the market in terms of revenue. The rapid growth in modernization and globalization and increasing demand for low-fat and low-carbohydrate foods are accounted to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players such as IFF, Firmenich, Frutarom is expected to fuel the market growth in the region due to their focus to provide more customized flavors. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a significant growth rate due to the increasing consumption of ready-to-eat snacks, beverages, convenience foods, and bakery products.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global flavoring agents market are International Flavors & Fragrances Inc., Symrise AG, Takasago International Corporation, Mane SA, and Sensient Technologies. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • International Flavors & Fragrances Inc.
  • Symrise AG
  • Takasago International Corporation
  • Mane SA
  • Sensient Technologies
  • Robertet S.A.
  • Hasegawa Co., Ltd
  • Givaudan SA
  • Firmenich
  • Haubao

Key Questions Answered by Flavoring Agents Market Report

  • Global flavoring agents market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional flavoring agents market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Flavoring agents submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to flavoring agents market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level flavoring agents markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the flavoring agents market

The global digital scent technology market size is expected to grow at a sustainable CAGR of 9% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.  The increasing clinical application of e-nose for diagnosis and rising demand in the food and beverage sector for QA is some major factors to drive the market growth. Moreover, the wide use of this technology in defense and security is further expected to provide some new opportunities in the market. However, the high cost of products and unpredictable airflow are some factors projected to restrain the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global digital scent technology market is segmented into type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further classified into e-nose and scent synthesizer. The e-nose segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share of the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its widespread use in the military and healthcare sectors. Furthermore, the decreasing cost and technological advancement are expected to increase the demand for e-nose over the forecast period.

By application, the market is further bifurcated into medical diagnostic hardware devices, smartphones, smelling screens, explosives detectors, Qc, and others. The medical diagnosis segment dominated the global digital scent technology market in 2020. Consumer awareness regarding the early diagnosis of crucial diseases is a major factor that has contributed the segment growth. On the other hand, the explosive detector segment is estimated to witness a lucrative growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing terrorism activities around the world. Furthermore, the increasing use of digital scent technology in defense and security is anticipated to drive the market in the explosive detectors segment.

Digital Scent Technology Market Size

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The digital scent technology comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The digital scent technology market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Digital Scent Technology Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • E-nose
  • Scent Synthesizer

By Application:

  • Smartphones
  • Smelling Screens
  • Music & Video Games
  • Explosives Detectors
  • Quality Control Hardware devices
  • Medical Diagnostic Hardware devices
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Military & Defense
  • Medical
  • Marketing
  • Environmental Monitoring
  • Entertainment
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global digital scent technology market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The increasing demand in healthcare sectors is a primary factor to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players and technological advancement is expected to fuel the market in North America. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is anticipated to grow at a significant growth over the forecast period due to the increasing investment in research and development by some major players in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global digital scent technology market are ScentSational Technologies LLC, Scent Sciences Corporation, ams AG, Smiths Detection Inc., and Electronics Sensor Technology. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Alpha MOS SA
  • ScentSational Technologies LLC
  • Scent Sciences Corporation
  • ams AG
  • Smiths Detection Inc.
  • Electronics Sensor Technology
  • Scentcom Ltd.
  • The eNose Company
  • AIRSENSE Analytics GmbH

Key Questions Answered by Digital Scent Technology Market Report

  • Global digital scent technology market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional digital scent technology market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Digital scent technology submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the digital scent technology market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level digital scent technology markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the digital scent technology market

The global endoscopy visualization systems market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 6.6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for advanced imaging systems in disease diagnosis is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing incidence of respiratory problems, colorectal cancer, and urological problems is further anticipated to propel the market over the forecast period. As per information shared by the World Cancer Research Fund (WCRF), colorectal cancer is estimated as the third most common cancer in the world and 1,800,977 news cases register in 2018.

Moreover, the rapid growth in the aging population, the rising rate of obesity is projected to increase the demand for endoscopy visualization systems. Furthermore, the rising prevalence of ophthalmic and orthopedic diseases coupled with cancer is expected to uplift the market in next upcoming years. The increasing research and development activity by some major players is further expected to support the market positively. However, the complex approval norms and the high cost of the product are projected to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global endoscopy visualization systems market is segmented into product type, resolution type, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further classified into components and systems. The systems segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over two-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. Furthermore, the component segment is expected to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the rapid growth in the geriatric population and the rising number of endoscopic procedures.

Endoscopy Visualization Systems Market Size

To know more about the study, request sample papers

By resolution type, the market is bifurcated into 4K and FHD resolution. The 4K segment dominated the global endoscopy visualization systems market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around 60% of the market. By end-user, the hospitals and clinics segment held the largest market share and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period.

The endoscopy visualization systems comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The endoscopy visualization systems market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Endoscopy Visualization Systems Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Components
    • Camera Heads
    • Insufflators
    • Light Sources
    • High Definition Monitors
    • Suction Pumps
    • Video Processors
  • Endoscopic Visualization Systems
    • Standard Definition (SD) Visualization Systems
    • High Definition (HD) Visualization Systems

By Resolution Type:

  • 4K
    • UHD Resolution
    • DCI resolution
  • FHD Resolution

By End-User:

  • Hospitals & Clinics
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the endoscopy visualization systems market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The increasing incidences of gastrointestinal and colorectal cancer are some key factors to drive the market growth in the region. The increasing demand for advanced diagnostic equipment and rising adoption of minimally invasive procedures is further anticipated to boost the market in North America over the forecast period. in contrast, the Asia Pacific is expected to witness a lucrative growth rate over the forecast period due to the rapid growth in the aging population in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global endoscopy visualization systems market are Stryker Corporation, Boston Scientific Corporation, Ethicon US, LLC, Richard Wolf GmbH, and Medtronic. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Olympus Corporation
  • PENTAX Medical
  • Boston Scientific Corporation
  • CONMED Corporation
  • FUJIFILM Holdings America Corporation
  • NDS Surgical Imaging
  • Ethicon US, LLC
  • Richard Wolf GmbH
  • Medtronic
  • Stryker Corporation
  • KARL STORZ GmbH & Co. KG

Key Questions Answered by Endoscopy Visualization Systems Market Report:

  • Global endoscopy visualization systems market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional endoscopy visualization systems market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Endoscopy visualization systems submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by resolution type, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to endoscopy visualization systems market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level endoscopy visualization systems markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the endoscopy visualization systems market

The global polyurethane market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of around 4% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for polyurethane in the building and construction, and automotive sector is a primary factor to drive the market growth significantly. The increasing number of green building projects in both residential and commercial sectors is further expected to fuel the market over the forecast period. Moreover, the growing investment in smart energy buildings in emerging economies is anticipated to propel the market. In addition, the rising demand from the automotive and packaging industry is expected to increase the demand for polyurethane in next upcoming years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global polyurethane market is segmented into product, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further fragmented into rigid foam, flexible foam, adhesives & sealants, and others. The rigid foam segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of around one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in various industries such as automotive, packaging, and insulation.

By application, the market is bifurcated into furniture & interiors, construction, electronics & appliances, automotive, and others. The construction segment dominated the global polyurethane market in 2020 and held the largest market share of over one-fourth percent of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its benefits associated with construction applications such as lightweight, thermal insulation, bacterial resistance, and chemical inertness. Furthermore, the rapid growth in urbanization and growing industrialization is expected to drive the segment growth in various emerging economies.

Polyurethane Market Size & CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The Polyurethane comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The Polyurethane market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Polyurethane Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Rigid Foam
  • Flexible Foam
  • Coatings
  • Adhesives & Sealants
  • Elastomers
  • Others

By Application:

  • Furniture & Interiors
  • Construction
  • Electronics & Appliances
  • Automotive
  • Footwear
  • Packaging
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global polyurethane market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The rapid growth in various end-use industries such as consumer electronics, furniture & interior, automotive, construction, and packaging has contributed the market growth in the region. The rapid growth in construction activities in developing economies is further expected to increase the demand for polyurethane in upcoming years in the Asia Pacific.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global Polyurethane market are The Dow Chemical Company, BASF SE, Eastman Chemical Company, Covestro AG, and Huntsman International LLC. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • BASF SE (Germany)
  • The Dow Chemical Company
  • Covestro AG
  • Mitsui & Co. Plastics Ltd
  • Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • Huntsman International LLC
  • Woodbridge
  • DIC Corporation
  • RTP Company
  • Eastman Chemical Company

Key Questions Answered by Polyurethane Market Report:

  • Global Polyurethane market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional Polyurethane market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Polyurethane submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the Polyurethane market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level Polyurethane markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the Polyurethane market

The global polyvinyl alcohol films market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The increasing concern about waste recycling and stringent government regulation across the globe are some major factors to drive the market growth. The polyvinyl alcohol films are biodegradable in nature which is expected to increase the demand in the packaging industry. Furthermore, the advancement in the packaging sector in emerging economies is projected to uplift the market in the Asia Pacific. Moreover, the increasing demand for green packaging and rising environmental concern around the world is expected to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global polyvinyl alcohol films market is bifurcated into grade, application, and geography. On the basis of grade, the market is further segmented into fully hydrolyzed, partially hydrolyzed, sub partially hydrolyzed, and low foaming grades. By application, the market is further classified into detergent packaging, laundry bags, embroidery, agrochemical packaging, and others. The detergent packaging segment dominated the market and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue.

Polyvinyl Alcohol Films Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The polyvinyl alcohol films comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global polyvinyl alcohol films market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The polyvinyl alcohol films market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Polyvinyl Alcohol Films Market Segmentation:

By Grade:

  • Fully Hydrolyzed
  • Partially Hydrolyzed
  • Sub Partially Hydrolyzed
  • Low Foaming Grades

By Application:

  • Detergent Packaging
  • Laundry Bags
  • Embroidery
  • Agrochemical Packaging
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the polyvinyl alcohol films market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The polyvinyl alcohol film market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The polyvinyl alcohol films market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Polyvinyl alcohol film market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global polyvinyl alcohol films market are Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Kuraray Co., Ltd., Aicello Corp., Changzhou Water Soluble Co., Ltd., and Sekisui Chemical Co. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Kuraray Co., Ltd.
  • Aicello Corp.
  • Changzhou Water Soluble Co., Ltd.
  • Sekisui Chemical Co.
  • Arrow GreenTech Ltd.
  • Mitsubishi Chemical Corp.
  • Anhui Wanwei Group Co.,Ltd
  • Kuraray Co., Ltd.
  • Cortec Corp.

Key Questions Answered by Polyvinyl Alcohol Films Market Report:

  • Global polyvinyl alcohol films market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional polyvinyl alcohol films market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Polyvinyl alcohol films submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by grade, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to polyvinyl alcohol films market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level polyvinyl alcohol films markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the polyvinyl alcohol films market

The global transportation management systems market is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 11% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in the retail and e-commerce sector and logistics industry around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The introduction of new technologies such as Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) is further expected to increase the demand for TMS. Moreover, the increasing use of cloud computing technologies is one of the emerging trends that is expected to fuel the market growth. In addition, the rising prevalence of SaaS-based solutions is another major factor to drive the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global transportation management systems market is bifurcated into the mode of transportation, deployment, end-use, and geography. On the basis of transportation mode, the market is further segmented into roadways, railways, waterways, and airways. The roadways segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over 40% of the market in terms of revenue. The demand growth is attributed to the increasing investment by the government and private sector to deploy the TMS around the globe. Roadways transportation is the most common transportation mode of the world and widely used in various sectors due to its cheap cost and flexible nature.

By end-use, the market is further fragmented into retail & e-commerce, manufacturing, logistics, government organizations, and others. The manufacturing segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of one-third percent of the market the increasing manufacturing units in emerging economies is a major factor to contributed the segment growth. Furthermore, the increasing government supports for small and large business organizations is further expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. On the other hand, the retail and e-commerce sector is expected to grow at the fastest CAGR during the forecast period due to the rising e-commerce industry in developing economies around the world.

Transportation Management Systems Market

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The transportation management systems comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The transportation management systems market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Transportation Management Systems Market Segmentation:

By Mode of Transportation:

  • Roadways
  • Railways
  • Waterways
  • Airways

By Deployment:

  • On-premise
  • Cloud

By End-Use:

  • Retail & E-commerce
  • Manufacturing
  • Logistics
  • Government Organizations
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global transportation management systems market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The early adoption of new technologies and wide use of roadways transportation as a primary mode are some factors to drive the market growth in the region. Moreover, the presence of some major players such as Cerasis Inc, 3GTMS, etc, has contributed the market growth in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to register the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the growing retail and e-commerce sector in emerging economies such as India, China, and Indonesia.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global transportation management systems market are 3GTMS, BluJay Solutions Ltd., Cerasis, Inc., C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc., and The Descartes Systems Group, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • 3GTMS
  • BluJay Solutions Ltd.
  • Cerasis, Inc.
  • H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc.
  • The Descartes Systems Group, Inc.
  • SAP SE
  • Infor, Inc.
  • International Business Machines Corp.
  • Oracle Corp.
  • JDA Software Group, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Transportation Management Systems Market Report:

  • Global transportation management systems market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional transportation management systems market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Transportation management systems submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by mode of transportation, by deployment, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to transportation management systems market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level transportation management systems markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the transportation management systems market

The global smart parking systems market size is anticipated to register a higher CAGR of 21.3% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and valued at USD 4.3 billion in 2020. The increasing adoption of integrated automated systems in developed economies across the globe is a primary factor to drive the market growth. Moreover, the increasing number of personal vehicles in emerging economies has increased the demand for smart parking systems due to the fewer parking spaces in metro cities. Furthermore, the growing traffic congestion is expected to increase the demand for smart parking systems to manage vehicles crowding on the road.

Market Segment Insights:

The global smart parking systems market is bifurcated into component, type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into on-street and off-street systems. The market is dominated by the off-street segment in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share over two-third percent of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing adoption of off-street parking systems due to low availability of parking spaces around the crowded areas. The on-street segment is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing use of smartphone applications to track empty parking spaces in real-time.

By application, the smart parking systems market is fragmented into commercial, government, and transport transit. The commercial segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around half of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing adoption of smart parking systems at various public and private places such as shopping malls, commercial buildings, theaters, sports complexes, and others has contributed to the segment growth and expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Smart Parking Systems Market Size & Growth

For more information about the study, request sample papers

The smart parking systems comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The smart parking systems market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Smart Parking Systems Market Segmentation:

By Component:

  • Hardware
    • Pucks (Wireless Sensors)
    • Cameras & LPRs
    • Smart Meters
    • Signage
    • Parking Gates
  • Software
  • Service

By Type:

  • On-street
  • Off-street

By Application:

  • Commercial
  • Government
  • Transport Transit

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the major market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The early adoption of the latest technologies and the growing number of vehicles are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rapid growth in industrialization and urbanization is further expected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period. Moreover, the increasing investment by some major players is anticipated to propel eh market growth in the region. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a significant growth over the forecast period due to the increasing number of vehicles in emerging economies.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global smart parking systems market are Cisco Systems, Inc., Amano McGann, Inc., Smart Parking Ltd., Urbiotica, and Skidata AG. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Cisco Systems, Inc.
  • Amano McGann, Inc.
  • Smart Parking Ltd.
  • Urbiotica
  • Skidata AG
  • Swarco AG
  • Parkmobile, LLC
  • Nedap N.V
  • Kapsch
  • Xerox Corp.
  • Parkmobile, LLC

Key Questions Answered by Smart Parking Systems Market Report:

  • Global smart parking systems market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional smart parking systems market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Smart parking systems submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by component, by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the smart parking systems market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level smart parking systems markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the smart parking systems market

The global canned alcoholic beverages market size is expected to expand at a significant CAGR of 13% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for low-content alcoholic beverages and rising consumer shift towards on-the-go alcoholic beverages are some major factors to drive the market growth. The consumer preference towards convenient packaging and growing health consciousness is further expected to boost the market growth in next upcoming years. Moreover, the rising preference for portable containers and lower costs than glass bottles is projected to propel the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global canned alcoholic beverages market is bifurcated into product, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further fragmented into wine, RTD cocktails, and hard seltzers. The hard seltzers segment held the largest market share in 2020 and accounted to hold around 80% of the market share in terms of revenue. Due to low alcohol content, hard seltzers have gained popularity among millennials, which is attributed to the market growth. Furthermore, the low cost and easy availability are some other factors to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

On the basis of distribution channels, the market is segmented into on-trade, liquor stores, online, and others. The liquor stores segment dominated the global canned alcoholic beverages market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of half of the market share in terms of revenue. This channel is a widespread channel for canned alcoholic beverages. The wide availability of the various private and premium brands is expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. On the other hand, the online segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Canned Alcoholic Beverages Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The canned alcoholic beverages comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The canned alcoholic beverages market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Canned Alcoholic Beverages Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Wine
  • RTD Cocktails
  • Hard Seltzers

By Distribution Channel:

  • On-Trade
  • Liquor Stores
  • Online
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the canned alcoholic beverages market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The canned alcoholic beverages market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The canned alcoholic beverages market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Canned alcoholic beverages market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global canned alcoholic beverages market are Bacardi Limited, Diageo plc, Brown-Forman Corporation, Anheuser-Busch InBev, and Treasury Wine Estates. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Bacardi Limited
  • Diageo plc
  • Brown-Forman Corporation
  • Anheuser-Busch InBev
  • Treasury Wine Estates (TWE)
  • Union Wine Company
  • & J. Gallo Winery
  • Asahi Group Holdings, Ltd.
  • Pernod Ricard
  • Integrated Beverage Group LLC
  • Sula Vineyards Pvt. Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Canned Alcoholic Beverages Market Report:

  • Global canned alcoholic beverages market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional canned alcoholic beverages market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Canned alcoholic beverages submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the canned alcoholic beverages market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level canned alcoholic beverages markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the canned alcoholic beverages market

The global vacuum cleaner market size is anticipated to grow at a significant CAGR of 9.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 10 billion in 2020. The increasing disposable income per capita and changing lifestyle of consumers are some major factors to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in the working population and ease of use are some other factors to increase the demand for vacuum cleaners in the residential sector. Furthermore, the increasing adoption of the Work from Home model amidst COVID-19 is another factor to fuel the market growth. In addition, the rising concerns regarding health, hygiene, and safety are expected to boost the market in the industrial areas such as manufacturing, pharmaceuticals, and food & beverage sector.

Market Segment Insights:

The global vacuum cleaner market is bifurcated into product, application, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further fragmented into canister, central, drum, robotic, and others. The canister segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-fourth percent of the market in terms of revenue. The low risk associated with the canister vacuum cleaner such as asthma and allergies, due to the presence of the HEPA filter, is a major factor to contribute the segment growth. On the other hand, the robotic segment is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR over the forecast period.

By application, the vacuum cleaner market is segmented into industrial, residential, and commercial. The residential segment dominated the market in 2020 and held the largest market share around half of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing adoption of work from home model is a primary factor to drive the segment growth across the globe. The increasing demands for hygiene cleaning and the rising prevalence of asthma and allergy due to dust are some other factors that have attributed the market growth. Furthermore, the rising demand for healthy and hygiene cleaning in industrial areas such as pharmaceuticals, food & beverage, and manufacturing is expected to drive the market growth in the industrial segment over the forecast period.

Vacuum Cleaner Market Size & Growth

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The vacuum cleaner comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The vacuum cleaner market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Vacuum Cleaner Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Canister
  • Central
  • Drum
  • Robotic
  • Upright
  • Wet & Dry
  • Others

By Application:

  • Industrial
  • Residential
  • Commercial

By Distribution Channel:

  • Online
  • Offline

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global vacuum cleaner market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period.  The low-cost availability of the product and the rising purchasing power of consumers are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players has further attributed the market growth. The rapid growth in urbanization and increasing disposable income are expected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global vacuum cleaner market are iRobot Corporation, Dyson, Ecovacs, Nilfisk Group, and Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • iRobot Corporation
  • Dyson
  • Ecovacs
  • Nilfisk Group
  • Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
  • Panasonic Corporation
  • Alfred Kaercher GmbH & Co. KG
  • Tennant Company
  • Ruwac Industriesauger GmbH
  • Diversey, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Vacuum Cleaner Market Report:

  • Global vacuum cleaner market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional vacuum cleaner market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Vacuum cleaner submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the vacuum cleaner market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level vacuum cleaner markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the vacuum cleaner market

The global non-alcoholic beverage market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising consumer preference towards ready-to-drink beverages and increasing social and cultural activities around the globe are some major factors to drive the market growth. The growing consumer awareness regarding health is expected to increase the demand for healthy beverages enriched with nutrients, which is further expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

The rising disposable income per capita, changing lifestyle and rapid growth in population worldwide is anticipated to increase the demand for non-alcoholic beverages. The growing concerns about obesity and health awareness are further expected to increase the demand for functional beverages over the forecast period. The increasing interest of some major players to launch new products is anticipated to provide new opportunities in the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The non-alcoholic beverage market is fragmented into product, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further bifurcated into CSDs, fruit beverages, bottled water, functional beverages, and others. The carbonated soft drink segment is accounted to hold a major market share in 2020 and valued at over one-third percent of the market. The functional beverages segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to increasing consumer awareness regarding healthy lifestyles. Furthermore, the companies are focusing to develop good-for-you healthy, and functional beverages.

Non-Alcoholic Beverage Market Size & Growth

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The non-alcoholic beverage comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The non-alcoholic beverage market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Non-Alcoholic Beverage Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Carbonated Soft Drinks (CSDs)
  • Fruit Beverages
  • Bottled Water
  • Functional Beverages
  • Sports Drinks
  • Other

By Distribution Channel:

  • Supermarkets and Hypermarkets
  • Food Service & Drinking Places
  • Convenience Stores
  • Vending Machine Operations
  • Other

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global non-alcoholic beverage market and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The increasing number of consumers and the rising disposable income per capita are some major factors to drive the market growth in the region. The rapid modernization and increasing adoption of westernization are further contributed the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing demand for non-alcoholic beverages in emerging economies such as China, India, and Malaysia is further expected to boost the market growth in the region. On the other hand, North America holds a significant market share due to the presence of some major players and the early adoption of soda products.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global non-alcoholic beverage market are PepsiCo, Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, Nestle S.A., Dr. Pepper Snapple Group, Inc., and The Kraft Heinz Company. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • PepsiCo, Inc.
  • The Coca-Cola Company
  • Nestle S.A.
  • Pepper Snapple Group, Inc.
  • The Kraft Heinz Company
  • Reed’s, Inc.
  • Appalachian Brewing Co.
  • Jones Soda Co.
  • Molson Coors Brewing Company
  • Arca Continental SAB de CV
  • ITO EN Ltd

Key Questions Answered by Non-Alcoholic Beverage Market Report:

  • Global non-alcoholic beverage market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional non-alcoholic beverage market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Non-alcoholic beverage submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the non-alcoholic beverage market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level non-alcoholic beverage markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the non-alcoholic beverage market

The global flow cytometry market size is expected to grow at a higher CAGR of 9% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and valued at USD 6.26 billion in 2020. The increasing incidence of chronic disorders across the globe is a primary factor driving the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing prevalence of targeted diseases and increasing investment in research development in biotechnology is anticipated to fuel the market over the forecast period.

Moreover, the increasing side effects associated with chemotherapy and radiation therapy in cancer care is expected to boost the market growth. As per the World Cancer Research Fund (WCRF), around 18 million people were diagnosed with cancer disease in 2018. In addition, 437,033 people were suffered from leukemia in 2018, WCRF shared in its research papers.

Market Segment Insights:

The global flow cytometry market is segmented into product, technology, application, end-use, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further bifurcated into instruments, reagents & consumables, software, accessories, and services. The instrument segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to the technological advancement and advent of new cytometers by some major players.

Flow Cytometry Market Size & Growth Rate

To know more about the report, request sample papers

By technology, the flow cytometry market is fragmented into cell-based and bead-based technology. The sell-based segment dominated the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The increasing awareness regarding early diagnosis and associated benefits of cell-based assays are some major factors to drive the segment growth. On the other hand, the bead-based segment is accounted to hold a significant revenue share around one-fourth percent of the market in 2020. The advancement in molecular engineering and monoclonal antibody production are some factors that contributed the segment growth.

The flow cytometry comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The flow cytometry market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Flow Cytometry Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Instruments
  • Reagents & Consumables
  • Software
  • Accessories
  • Services

By Technology:

  • Cell-based
  • Bead-based

By Application:

  • Research
  • Industrial
  • Clinical

By End-Use:

  • Commercial Organizations
  • Hospitals
  • Academic Institutes
  • Clinical Testing Labs

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the flow cytometry market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The flow cytometry market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The flow cytometry market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Flow cytometry market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global flow cytometry market are Danaher Corporation, Becton, Dickinson and Company, Luminex Corporation, and Agilent Technologies, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Danaher Corporation
  • Becton
  • Dickinson and Company
  • Luminex Corporation
  • Agilent Technologies, Inc.
  • Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.
  • Miltenyi Biotec
  • Sysmex Corporation
  • Stratedigm, Inc.
  • Apogee Flow Systems Ltd.
  • Sony Biotechnology, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Flow Cytometry Market Report:

  • Global flow cytometry market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional flow cytometry market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Flow cytometry submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by technology, by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the flow cytometry market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level flow cytometry markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the flow cytometry market

The global rhinoplasty market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 6.4% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and valued at USD 6.16 billion in 2027. The rising awareness about aesthetics and physical appearances is a primary factor to drive the market growth across the globe. The increasing influence of social media has encouraged individuals, especially the younger population, to opt for various cosmetic surgeries such as rhinoplasty.

Furthermore, the increased income levels and adoption of medical tourism have further accelerated market growth. in addition, the technological advances, such as non-surgical nose jobs that use small needles and the integration of 3D-printed computer-assisted techniques that help to reshape living tissue and reduce the rate of revision of rhinoplasty procedures, have added to the growth of the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global rhinoplasty market is fragmented into treatment type, technique, and geography. On the basis of treatment type, the market is further segmented into augmentation, reduction, post-traumatic, reconstructive, and others. The augmentation segment is accounted to hold the largest market share of over 17% in 2020 by revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its use to improve structure and nose function. The number of rhinoplasty surgery is increasing significantly due to the increasing number of unsuccessful rhinoplasty surgeries. Patients are undergoing secondary surgery to correct malformations that occur in primary rhinoplasty.

Rhinoplasty Market Size & Share

for more information about the report, request sample papers

By technique, the rhinoplasty market is divided into open and closed rhinoplasty. The open rhinoplasty segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share over half of the market in terms of revenue. The segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its ability to undertake extensive and nasal surgery.

Global rhinoplasty market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The rhinoplasty market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Rhinoplasty Market Segmentation:

By Treatment Type:

  • Augmentation
  • Reduction
  • Post-traumatic
  • Reconstructive
  • Revision
  • Filler
  • Others (Ethnic Rhinoplasty, Refinement Rhinoplasty)

By Technique:

  • Open Rhinoplasty
  • Closed Rhinoplasty

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global rhinoplasty market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over one-third percent of the market in terms of revenue. The presence of well-skilled cosmetic surgeons and well-structured healthcare infrastructure has contributed the market growth in the region. As per information shared by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgery (ISAPS), it is accounted that the United States is the topmost country having the largest number of cosmetic surgery in 2018. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing income per capita and the rising awareness account physical appearances.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global rhinoplasty market are Allergan, Sientra, Inc., Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc., Medartis, Implantech, and TMJ Concepts. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Allergan
  • Sientra, Inc.
  • Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc.
  • Medartis
  • Implantech
  • TMJ Concepts
  • Nagor Ltd.
  • KLS Martin LP
  • Spirox, Inc.
  • Stryker
  • Surgiform Technologies LLC

Key Questions Answered by Rhinoplasty Market Report:

  • Global rhinoplasty market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional rhinoplasty market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Rhinoplasty submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by treatment type, by technique, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the rhinoplasty market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level rhinoplasty markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the rhinoplasty market

The global rotator cuff repair devices market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in geriatric population around the world is a major factor to drive the market growth. According to United Nations, the number of population aged over 80 years is expected to triple by 2025 and expected to reach 425 million by 2020 from 137 million in 2017.

The increasing demand for minimally invasive surgeries around the globe is further expected to fuel market growth. Moreover, the increasing number of road accidents and rising number of shoulder injuries is anticipated to boost the market over the forecast period. In addition, the technological advancement and increasing investment in research & development is further expected to fuel the market growth. However, high costs and the number of unsuccessful surgeries are accounted to accentuate the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global rotator cuff repair devices market is fragmented into product type, usability, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further segmented into suture anchor-based and anchor free. The anchor free segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020. By usability, the market is divided into reusable and disposable segment.

Rotator Cuff Repair Devices Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request sample papers

The rotator cuff repair devices comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global rotator cuff repair devices market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The rotator cuff repair devices market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Rotator Cuff Repair Devices Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Suture Anchor-based
  • Anchor Free

By Usability:

  • Reusable
  • Disposable

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Outpatient Centers

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the rotator cuff repair devices market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The rotator cuff repair devices market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The rotator cuff repair devices market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Rotator cuff repair devices market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global rotator cuff repair devices market are MinInvasive Ltd, NCS Lab Srl, Arthrex, Inc., Stryker Corporation, and Johnson & Johnson. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • MinInvasive Ltd
  • NCS Lab Srl
  • Arthrex, Inc.
  • Stryker Corporation
  • Johnson & Johnson
  • CONMED Corporation
  • Globus Medical Inc.
  • Orthofix International N.V.
  • Zimmer Biomet
  • KARL STORZ GmbH & Co. KG

Key Questions Answered by Rotator Cuff Repair Devices Market Report:

  • Global rotator cuff repair devices market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional rotator cuff repair devices market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Rotator cuff repair devices submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product  type, by usability, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to rotator cuff repair devices market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level rotator cuff repair devices markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the rotator cuff repair devices market

The global albendazole market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 3.6% over the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach 781 million by 2027. The significant increase in the soil-transmitted helminths infection worldwide primarily drives the albendazole market growth. Furthermore, effective implementation of treatment guidelines pertaining to parasitic infection by healthcare agencies throughout the globe further accentuates the albendazole market growth.

Albendazole is considered as a broad spectrum anthelmintic drug which exerts its pharmacological activity by inhibiting the tubulin polymerization which eventually causes the loss of cytoplasmic tubulin. This phenomenon causes the depletion of the glycogen stores of the parasites which is critical for its survival. Albendazole is enlisted in the World Health Organization (WHO), list of essential medicines. It needs to be taken under medical supervision as overdose in children might result in fatal outcomes.

Market Segment Insights:

In the present scenario the soil-transmitted helminths infection is dominating the clinical application segment for albendazole market. According to the latest research citings presented by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), soil transmitted helminths infection also called as the neglected tropical disease usually occurs in the warm & moist climate where there is poor civic amenities and hygiene. The Ascaris infection is reported in approximately 807-1,121 million people, whipworm is reported in 604-795 million and hookworm is reported in 576-740 million people worldwide. Schistosomiasis is expected to register rampant market growth during the forecast period. Rapid industrialization in developing countries has resulted in tremendous water pollution which provides potent breeding grounds for schistosomiasis pathogens. According to the latest research citings provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), approximately 290.8 million people worldwide received treatment for schistosomiasis in 2018.

Albendazole Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request sample papers

Hospital pharmacy is currently spearheading the distribution channel segment for the albendazole market. Overdose associated with albendazole has fatal effects among the children population suffering from helminthic infections, hence it is mandatory for the hospital pharmacist to precisely compound the albendazole drug formulation in accordance with the physician’s prescription. Retail pharmacy has gained tremendous traction in the last 2 decades in the developing regions owing to the flourishing generic drugs market and ability to provide medicines at affordable prices.

The albendazole market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Albendazole Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Soil-transmitted Helminths
  • Schistosomiasis
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

The Asia Pacific is presently leading the geography segment for the albendazole market. The rising prevalence of soil-transmitted helminths infection primarily drives the albendazole market growth in the region. The tropical climate prevalent in the South East Asian countries provides a teeming growing for the spread of neglected tropical diseases. Domicile of key players in the region such as Cadila Healthcare Limited, Cipla Limited., GlaxoSmithKline, Plc., Dr. Reddys Laboratories Ltd. etc further accentuate the albendazole market growth in the region. Latin America is the second-largest regional segment in the albendazole market. The rising prevalence of schistosomiasis infection in the rainforest region determines the albendazole market growth in the region. North America is anticipated to register the fastest market growth in the regional segment for the albendazole market. The South-Eastern region of the United States shows few cases of helminthic infections, however effective implementation of the treatment guidelines pertaining to parasitic infection drives the demand for albendazole market growth in the North American region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global albendazole market are Cadila Healthcare Limited., Actavis Pharma, Inc., Cipla Limited, GlaxoSmithKline, Plc., and Mankind Pharma. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Cadila Healthcare Limited
  • Actavis Pharma, Inc.
  • Cipla Limited
  • GlaxoSmithKline, Plc.
  • Genfar S.A.
  • Reddys Laboratories Ltd.
  • Beximco Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
  • Unison Laboratories Co Ltd
  • MEDLEY GENERICOS
  • Mankind Pharma

Key Questions Answered by Albendazole Market Report:

  • Global albendazole market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional albendazole market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Albendazole submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the albendazole market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level albendazole markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the albendazole market

The global flat glass coatings market size is anticipated to register a high CAGR of over 20% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027. The rapid growth in infrastructural activities in developing economies is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing use of glasses in building construction in both residential and commercial applications is further expected to boost the market over the forecast period. Moreover, the rapid urbanization and increasing expenditure for decoration and architectural design in emerging economies is also accounted to fuel the market.

The rising adoption of solar installation in both residential and commercial buildings has increased the demand for solar PV glasses globally, which is further estimated to support the market growth positively in next upcoming years. Furthermore, the increasing number of green commercial building projects in developed economies is expected to propel the market. In addition, the improving living standards and renovation of the residential building is expected to provide some new opportunities in the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global flat glass coatings market is fragmented into resin, technology, application, and geography. On the basis of resin, the market is further segmented into polyurethane, acrylic, epoxy, and other resins. The acrylic segment dominated the market in 2020 by revenue and accounted to hold a major revenue share of over one-third percent of the market. Bio-based acrylics are widely used due to its eco-friendly nature. The rapid growth in urbanization and industrialization in emerging economies has increased the constructional expenditure, which is accounted to contribute the segment growth. In contrast, the polyurethane segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Flat Glass Coatings Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request sample papers

By application, the market is bifurcated into solar power, mirror, architectural, automotive & transportation, and others. The mirror segment dominated the global flat glass coatings market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of around 41% of the market in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in automotive, architectural, beauty, and decoration applications. Furthermore, the increasing demand for smart glasses is further expected to drive the segment growth across the globe. On the other hand, the automotive and transportation segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

The flat glass coatings comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The flat glass coatings market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Flat Glass Coatings Market Segmentation:

By Resin:

  • Polyurethane (PU)
  • Acrylic
  • Epoxy
  • Others

By Technology:

  • Solvent-based
  • Water-based
  • Nano-based

By Application:

  • Solar Power
  • Mirror
  • Architectural
  • Automotive & Transportation
  • Other

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global flat glass coatings market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over half of percent of the market in terms of revenue. The increasing infrastructural and construction activities have contributed the market growth in the region. the increasing infrastructural activities in developed economies such as China, Japan, Australia have contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rapid growth in the automotive and transportation sector is anticipated to drive the market growth in Asia. In addition, North America is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the rapidly growing construction sector.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global flat glass coatings market are Arkema, Inc., Fenzi Spa, Ferro Corp., Hesse Gmbh & Co. KG, and The Sherwin-Williams Company. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Dow Corning
  • Arkema, Inc.
  • Fenzi Spa
  • Ferro Corp.
  • Hesse Gmbh & Co. KG
  • The Sherwin-Williams Company
  • Vitro S.A.B. De C.V.
  • Nippon Paint Holdings Co., Ltd.
  • Yantai Jialong Nano Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 3M

Key Questions Answered by Flat Glass Coatings Market Report:

  • Global flat glass coatings market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional flat glass coatings market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Flat glass coatings submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by resin, by technology, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the flat glass coatings market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level flat glass coatings markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the flat glass coatings market

The global acetylcysteine market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 4.7% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach USD 772 million by 2027. As per the latest research citings presented by the World Health Organization (WHO), it is anticipated that chronic obstructive pulmonary disease will be the 3rd largest cause of death throughout the globe by 2030. The rising prevalence of acetaminophen overdose throughout the globe will further bolster the market growth.

Acetylcysteine is basically a derivative of the cysteine molecule with an acetyl group attached to its amino acid. N-acetyl cysteine is the prodrug of cysteine which is absorbed via the intestines and is vital in replenishing the glutathione reserves of the liver. It is enlisted in the World Health Organization (WHO) list of essential medicines.

Market Segment Insights:

Acetaminophen overdose in presently representing the largest market share in the treatment segment for the acetylcysteine market. The major factor responsible for its market growth is the constant rise in the patients suffering with fever associated with the infectious disease worldwide. Acetaminophen overdose is associated with non-compliance to the doctor’s prescription and in few cases gross negligence with the drug posology pertaining to acetaminophen. Its primary objective is to maintain and replenish the glutathione reserves of the liver and promote the non-toxic metabolism of acetaminophen. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a collective term used for the disease of the lower respiratory tract such as chronic bronchitis and emphysema. The clinical manifestation associated with COPD is shortness in breath due to excess secretion of mucus. Acetylcysteine inhalation is beneficial in reducing the adhesiveness and viscosity of the mucus and promotes its expulsion from the lower respiratory tract.

Acetylcysteine Market Size by Treatment

To know more about the study, request sample papers

Hospitals and clinics are leading the end-user segment for the acetylcysteine market. Patients suffering from chronic bronchitis and emphysema need to be immediately admitted to the intensive care unit to stabilize their condition. Intravenous or inhalation dose of acetylcysteine needs to be started immediately as the treatment regimen. Ambulatory surgical centers have gained prominence in the developed regions owing to its ability to treat acetaminophen overdose in patients residing in remote locations.

The acetylcysteine market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Acetylcysteine Market Segmentation:

By Treatment:

  • Acetaminophen Overdose
  • Chronic Pulmonary Obstructive Disease (COPD)
  • Dietary Supplement

By End-User:

  • Hospital and Clinics
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America currently dominating the geography segment for the acetylcysteine market. As per the latest research citings brought forward by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) the death rate of chronic pulmonary obstructive disease in the United States is approximately 44.3 per 100,000 people each year. Furthermore, the presence of key players such as Fresenius Kabi USA, LLC, Arbor Pharmaceuticals LLC, Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., Sandoz, Inc. etc further propels the market growth in the region. Europe is placed in the 2nd position in the regional segment on account of the favorable reimbursement scenario for acetylcysteine used for the treatment of acute liver failure in the region. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment in the acetylcysteine market. The rising prevalence of acetaminophen overdose on account of noncompliance to physician’s prescription and flourishing generic drugs market together with determining the acetylcysteine market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global acetylcysteine market are Fresenius Kabi USA, LLC, Arbor Pharmaceuticals LLC, Zambon Group, Sandoz, Inc., and Menarini Group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Fresenius Kabi USA, LLC.
  • Arbor Pharmaceuticals LLC
  • Zambon Group
  • Sandoz, Inc.
  • Menarini Group
  • Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.
  • IBSA Farmaceutici
  • Sanofi S.A.
  • Nippon Rika Co., Ltd.
  • Cipla Limited

Key Questions Answered by Acetylcysteine Market Report:

  • Global acetylcysteine market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional acetylcysteine market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Acetylcysteine submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by treatment, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the acetylcysteine market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level acetylcysteine markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the acetylcysteine market

The global fresh food vending machines market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The increasing demand for vending machines around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing adoption of vending machines in schools, universities, hospitals, shopping malls is further expected to boost the market over the forecast period.

The increasing manufacturer’s interest to launch vending machines for fresh food due to increasing demand for fresh food products among consumers at various places is expected to uplift the market growth. Moreover, technological advancement and the increasing investment by government initiatives are some other factors to fuel the market. However, the high initial cost and maintenance is a major factor to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global fresh food vending machines market is segmented into product type, food type, end-use, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further classified into hot and cold food products. The cold food products segment is accounted to hold a significant market share in 2020. Fresh food such as fruits, salads, desserts, meals are gaining popularity among people are expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period. In addition, the increasing demand for hot drinks and fast food is expected to drive the market growth by hot food products over the forecast period.

Fresh Food Vending Machines Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request sample papers

Global fresh food vending machines market size and forecast was obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The fresh food vending machines market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Fresh Food Vending Machines Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Cold Food Products
  • Hot Food Products

By Food Type:

  • Fruits & Vegetables Vending Machine
  • Meat Vending Machine
  • Dairy products Vending machines
  • Others

By End-Use:

  • Schools/Colleges
  • Hotels
  • Quick Serving Restaurants
  • Supermarkets
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the global fresh food vending machines market is dominated by North America in 2020. The increasing consumption of ready-to-eat food and drinks has contributed the market growth in the region. The increasing consumer shift towards fresh food due to health benefits and rising awareness towards a healthy lifestyle is further expected to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the presence of some major players has played a vital role to expand the market in North America.  Moreover, the increasing demand for vending machines in public places is further expected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global fresh food vending machines market are N&W Global Vending S.p.A., HUMAN Healthy Vending LLC., Advantage Food & Beverage, Fresh Healthy Vending International Inc., and Biocom Vending. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • N&W Global Vending S.p.A.
  • HUMAN Healthy Vending LLC.
  • Advantage Food & Beverage
  • Fresh Healthy Vending International Inc.
  • Biocom Vending
  • Canteen Vending
  • Coinadrink
  • Westomatic
  • Wurlitzer Vending

Key Questions Answered by Fresh Food Vending Machines Market Report:

  • Global fresh food vending machines market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional fresh food vending machines market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Fresh food vending machines submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by food type, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to fresh food vending machines market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level fresh food vending machines markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the fresh food vending machines market

The global sports nutrition market size is projected to grow at a significant CAGR of over 10% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising awareness of consumers regarding health and fitness is a major factor to drive the market growth. The increasing interest in sports activities across various countries is further expected to boost the market over the forecast period. Moreover, the risk associated with the COVID-19 patients suffering from heart disease, diabetes, and obesity has contributed the market growth significantly. In addition, the increasing interest of some key manufacturers to launch new products is anticipated to fuel the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global sports nutrition market is segmented into product type, end-user, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of product type, the market is further classified into sports drinks, sports supplements, and sports foods. The sports supplement segment is accounted to hold the largest market share of over 80% of the market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing consumption of supplements by gym-goers and athletics to maintain their strength and immunity. In contrast, the sports food segment is expected to grow at the highest growth rate over the forecast period due to the rising adoption of protein and energy bars as healthy snacks.

Sports Nutrition Market Size & CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The sports nutrition comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The sports nutrition market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Sports Nutrition Market Segmentation:

By Product Type:

  • Sports Drink
  • Sports Supplements
  • Sports Foods

By End-User:

  • Athletes
  • Bodybuilders
  • Recreational Users
  • Lifestyle Users

By Distribution Channel:

  • Large Retail & Mass Merchandisers
  • Small Retail
  • Drug & Specialty Stores
  • Gym & Health Clubs
  • Online & Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global sports nutrition market in 2020 and held the largest market share around 60% of the market in terms of revenue. The rising awareness regarding health & fitness and easy availability of nutritious in the market has contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing support of government initiatives is expected to drive the market growth in the region. On the other hand, Europe is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing awareness of consumers towards a healthy lifestyle, weight management, and fitness.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global sports nutrition market are PepsiCo., Abbott, Clif Bar & Company, Science in Sport, and TheHut.com Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Coca-Cola Company
  • Abbott Nutrition Inc.
  • PepsiCo Inc.
  • Glanbia Plc.
  • Reckitt Benckiser Group plc
  • Yakult Honsha Co Ltd.
  • Science in Sport
  • com Ltd.
  • Post Holdings, Inc.
  • GNC Holdings
  • Clif Bar & Company

Key Questions Answered by Sports Nutrition Market Report:

  • Global sports nutrition market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional sports nutrition market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Sports nutrition submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product type, by end-user, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the sports nutrition market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level sports nutrition markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the sports nutrition market

The global molded pulp packaging market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 6% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 4 billion in 2020. The rising demand for sustainable packaging and the stringent government regulations regarding plastic uses are some major factors to drive the market growth. Moreover, the increasing demand for molded pulp packaging from consumer electronics is further expected to drive the market growth. The material is made from wood fiber and cellulose, which make this packaging completely biodegradable and renewable. The factor is expected to increase the demand for molded pulp packaging in next upcoming years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global molded pulp packaging market is bifurcated into the source, mold type, product, application, and geography. On the basis of source, the market is further segmented into Wood Pulp and Non-wood Pulp. The wood pulp segment dominated the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment is accounted to hold the major market share of over 85% of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its low cost and easy availability. In contrast, the non-wood pulp segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

By application, the global molded pulp packaging market is divided into food packaging, food service, electronics, healthcare, and others. The food packaging segment dominated the global market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share around 45% of the market. The increasing consumption of fruits and vegetables in various developed and developing economies has contributed the market growth. Furthermore, the wide use of molded pulp packaging products such as plates, cups, and bowls in the foodservice industry for packaging ready-to-eat meals and beverages is further expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Molded Pulp Packaging Market Size and CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

The molded pulp packaging comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The molded pulp packaging market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Molded Pulp Packaging Market Segmentation:

By Source:

  • Wood Pulp
  • Non-wood Pulp

By Molded Type:

  • Thick Wall
  • Transfer
  • Thermoformed
  • Processed

By Product:

  • Trays
  • End Caps
  • Bowls & Cups
  • Clamshells
  • Plates
  • Others

By Application:

  • Food Packaging
  • Food Service
  • Electronics
  • Healthcare
  • Industrial
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global molded pulp packaging market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share of over 40% of the market. The increasing environmental concern in some developing economies has contributed to the market growth in the region. North America is accounted to hold the second-largest market share and accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period. The increasing number of restaurants, fast-food outlets have contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing disposable income per capita and the increasing trend of out-of-home dining are expected to drive the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global molded pulp packaging market are Brodrene Hartmann A/S, Huhtamako Oyj, UFP Technologies, Inc., Thermoform Engineered Quality LLC, and Genpak, LLC. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Brodrene Hartmann A/S
  • Huhtamako Oyj
  • UFP Technologies, Inc.
  • Thermoform Engineered Quality LLC
  • Genpak, LLC
  • Eco-Products, Inc.
  • Fabri-Kal
  • Sabert Corp.
  • Pro-Pac Packaging
  • Henry Molded Products

Key Questions Answered by Molded Pulp Packaging Market Report:

  • Global molded pulp packaging market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional molded pulp packaging market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Molded pulp packaging submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by source, by mold type, by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the molded pulp packaging market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level molded pulp packaging markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the molded pulp packaging market

The global guaifenesin market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 2.7% over the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach USD 505 million by 2027. The significant increase in the number of patients suffering with chest congestion as a result of common cold, influenza and other lower respiratory tract infection worldwide. Additionally the availability of the over the counter (OTC) drug formulation containing guaifenesin in combination with other drugs will further accentuates the market growth.

Guaifenesin is categorized as an expectorant which enhances the removal of phlegm and bronchial secretions by reducing the adhesiveness and viscosity of mucus, thereby facilitates the efficacy of mucociliary action in order to remove the mucus from the upper and lower respiratory tract.

Market Segment Insights:

Chest congestion is spearheading the clinical application segment for guaifenesin market. The common causes associated with chest congestion are common cold, influenza, asthma, bronchitis, allergic reactions etc. Mucus is present in the body which secretes more as a consequence of lower respiratory tract infection which can lead to coughing and pain. Expectorants are beneficial in thinning the mucus and coughing it out of the lungs more easily. Asthma is expected to register rapid market growth on account of the frequent pain encountered in coughing during physical activity and shortness of breath. Guaifenesin is used in combination with ephedrine to provide symtomaptic relief in patients suffering with asthma.

Guaifenesin Market Size by Clinical Application

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy is currently dominating the distribution channel segment for the guaifenesin market. It is imperative to note that guaifenesin is associate with severe adverse events thus it becomes mandatory for the dispensing of guaifenesin by a hospital pharmacist the negate occurrence of any side effects. Retail pharmacy are gaining positive market growth in the developing regions on account of availability of combination drug formulation containing guaifenesin as a generic and over the counter product.

The guaifenesin market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Guaifenesin Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Chest Congestion
  • Asthma

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently leading the geography segment for the guaifenesin market. The rising prevalence of common cold infection across all age group primarily drives the market growth. According to the latest statistics presented by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), annually there are approximately 75 million physicians visit pertaining to common cold infection in the United States, which is responsible for a healthcare burden of $ 7.7 billion per year. Additionally the presence of major players such as Pfizer, Inc., Reckitt Benckiser Group, plc, Aurohealth LLC, Strive Pharmaceuticals, Inc. etc further accentuate the market growth in the region. Europe is positioned in the 2nd place in the regional segment on account of the rising prevalence of seasonal influenza in the European Union region which peaks in the winter season. As per the recent research citings provided by the European Commission report influenza affects approximately 5% to 15% of the population in the region. Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment during the forecast period. The constant rise in the seasonal influenza infection due to the monsoon and subtropical climate in the region and the flourishing generic drugs market.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global guaifenesin market are Reckitt Benckiser Group, plc., Pfizer, Inc., AstraZeneca, Novartis AG, and GlaxoSmithKline, Plc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Reckitt Benckiser Group, plc.
  • Pfizer, Inc.
  • Aurohealth LLC
  • 7-Eleven, Inc.
  • Strive Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • AstraZeneca
  • Novartis AG
  • GlaxoSmithKline, Plc.
  • Procter & Gamble
  • McNeil Consumer Healthcare

Key Questions Answered by Guaifenesin Market Report:

  • Global guaifenesin market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional guaifenesin market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Guaifenesin submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the guaifenesin market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level guaifenesin markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the guaifenesin market

The global brain implants market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 9% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at over USD 4.5 billion in 2020. The rising prevalence of Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing awareness regarding brain implants is expected to support the market growth positively. In addition, the advent of advanced technology introduced by Medtronic and Neurowave is anticipated to drive the market over the forecast period.

The neurological disorders have recorded significant growth in some previous years which has contributed to the market growth significantly. As per information shared by World Health Organization, neurological diseases are responsible for 13.2% of deaths in developed economies and it is recorded as 16.8% in low and middle-income countries. Moreover, stress and depression is increasing significantly around the globe, which is further expected to propel the market growth in next upcoming years. However, the side effects associated with the brain implants in the geriatric population such as memory loss and brain tissue damage are some major factors to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global brain implants market is bifurcated into type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into deep brain stimulator, spinal cord stimulator, and vagus nerve stimulator. The deep brain stimulator segment is accounted to hold the largest market share over one-third percent of the market in 2020 and expected to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The rising adoption of this stimulator to treat various neurological disorders such as Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, essential tumor, and others have contributed to the segment growth. in contrast, the vagus nerve stimulator segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Brain Implants Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

By application, the brain implants market is classified into chronic pain, epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, depression, and others. The chronic pain segment is accounted to dominant the market in 2020 and held the largest market share around 60% of the market. The rising prevalence of chronic pain due to increasing medical conditions such as failed back surgery, lumbar and cervical radiculitis, and neuropathy is a major factor to drive the segment growth. On the other hand, Parkinson’s disease is anticipated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to rapid growth in the geriatric population around the globe.

The brain implants market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Brain Implants Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Deep Brain Stimulator
  • Spinal Cord Stimulator
  • Vagus Nerve Stimulator

By Application:

  • Chronic Pain
  • Epilepsy
  • Parkinson’s Disease
  • Depression
  • Essential Tremor
  • Alzheimer’s Disease

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Clinical Trials Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global brain implants market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over 40% of the market globally. The increasing incidence of neurological disorders and the growing awareness for the treatment, and the presence of the high skilled physician have contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing government investment and initiatives for rising awareness regarding these disorders is anticipated to drive the market growth in the region. In addition, the Asia Pacific is estimated to grow significantly over the forecast period due to the increasing incidence of neurodegenerative disorders and psychiatric disorders.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global brain implants market are Medtronic, Boston Scientific Corporation, Nuvectra Corporation, St. Jude Medical (Abbott), NeuroPace, Inc., and Nevro Corporation. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Medtronic
  • Boston Scientific Corporation
  • Nuvectra Corporation
  • Jude Medical (Abbott)
  • NeuroPace, Inc.
  • Nevro Corporation
  • Synapse Biomedical Inc.
  • Aleva Neurotherapeutics SA
  • LivaNova PLC
  • Beijing PINS Medical Co. Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Brain Implants Market Report:

  • Global brain implants market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional brain implants market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Brain implants submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to brain implants market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level brain implants markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the brain implants market

The global warfarin market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of 2.4% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and anticipated to reach at USD 2,732 million by 2027. The significant increase in the number of people suffering from atrial fibrillation worldwide. Effective implementation of treatment guidelines pertaining to the management of DVT/PE further accentuates the warfarin market growth.

Warfarin is classified as an anticoagulant which is used to prevent the formation of blood clot and migraine. It needs to be taken under medical supervision as the drug has the capacity to cross the placental barrier during pregnancy which can eventually result in preterm birth, spontaneous abortion, artery calcification, and osteoporosis. It is a vitamin K antagonist which inhibits its production by the vitamin K epoxide reductase.

Market Segment Insights:

Atrial fibrillation is currently dominating the clinical application segment for the warfarin market. As per the latest information provided by the National Institute of Health (NIH), approximately 0.5% of the global population is suffering from atrial fibrillation. Further clinical analysis provides the factors responsible for the occurrence of atrial fibrillation such as congenital heart defects, coronary artery diseases, high intake of caffeine, tobacco, alcohol, etc. DVT/PE will be highlighting comfortable market growth in the near future on account of the growing prevalence rate in the elderly population worldwide. According to the recent information provided by the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis (ISTH) annually 10 million new cases are reported worldwide to be suffering from venous thromboembolism. The clinical manifestations associated with the venous thromboembolism are shortness of breath, chest pain swelling of foot and ankles, pain and tenderness in the calf region, lightheadedness, etc.

Warfarin Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy is presently leading the distribution channel segment for the warfarin market. The drug toxicity associated with the warfarin overdose makes it mandatory for its precise compounding under the supervision of a hospital pharmacist. Retail pharmacy is expected to garner impressive market performance during the forecast period owing to the availability of affordable essential medicines due to government subsidy and its capacity to provide medicinal requirements to households residing in remote locations.

The warfarin comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The warfarin market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Warfarin Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Atrial Fibrillation
  • DVT/PE
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is representing the largest market share in the regional segment for the warfarin market. The rising prevalence of cardiac diseases primarily drives the warfarin market growth in the region. As per the latest statistics provided by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), it is estimated that by 2030 the number of individuals suffering from atrial fibrillation will be 12.1 million in the United States. The existence of well-developed healthcare infrastructure and favorable reimbursement scenario associated with the use of warfarin drug formulation together propels the market growth in the region. Europe is considered as the second-largest regional segment for the warfarin market on account of the growing incidence of deep vein thrombosis in the elderly patients in the region. Additionally, the nurturing regulatory environment provided by the European Medical Agency (EMA), regarding the sale and distribution of warfarin in the region. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for the warfarin market owing to the effective implementation of treatment guidelines regarding cardiovascular diseases by the local healthcare agencies and the flourishing generic drugs market.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global Warfarin market are Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Apotex Corporation, Zydus Healthcare, Cipla Limited, and Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
  • Apotex Corporation
  • Upsher-Smith Laboratories, LLC
  • Zydus Healthcare
  • Cipla Limited
  • Orion Pharma
  • Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
  • Mylan Pharmaceutical Industries Limited
  • Taro Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.
  • IPCA Labs Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Warfarin Market Report:

  • Global warfarin market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional warfarin market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Warfarin submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the warfarin market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level warfarin markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the warfarin market

The global interactive whiteboard market size is expected to grow at a significant CAGR of 7.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at over USD 1.7 billion in 2020. The increasing adoption of digital learning and virtual classroom are some major factors to drive the market growth around the world. The rising demand for gamification and the growing popularity of whiteboards with artificial intelligence is further projected to propel the market.

The rapid growth in e-learning methods and the growing adoption of virtual classrooms have resulted an increase in the market. The e-learning industry has grown significantly over the past decade. The rapid digitization and technological advancement have attributed to driving the market growth significantly. Moreover, the increasing investment in learning technologies, growing mobile learning applications is accounted to boost the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global interactive whiteboard market is segmented into technology, projection technique, application, and geography. On the basis of technology, the market is further bifurcated into the infrared, resistive membrane, electromagnetic pen, capacitive, and others. The resistive membrane segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share of the market in 2020 and estimated to grow at the same trend over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to its ability to support touch-based interaction and could be operated by stylus or finger.

Interactive Whiteboard Market Size and CAGR

To know more about the report, request a report sample

By application, ht interactive whiteboard market is bifurcated into education, corporate, commercial, and others. The education segment is accounted to hold the largest revenue share around two-third percent of the market, globally. The rapid growth in e-learning methods and increasing adoption of virtual classes have contributed to the segment growth. On the other hand, the corporate segment is accounted as the second largest market share in 2020. The increasing use of interactive whiteboards in corporate meetings and conferences is attributed to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

The interactive whiteboard comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The interactive whiteboard market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Interactive Whiteboard Market Segmentation:

By Technology:

  • Infrared
  • Resistive Membrane
  • Electromagnetic Pen
  • Capacitive
  • Others

By Form Factor:

  • Fixed
  • Portable

By Projection Technique:

  • Front Projection
  • Rear Projection

By Application:

  • Education
  • Corporate
  • Commercial
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, Europe dominated the global interactive whiteboard market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share around one-third percent of the global market. The rising adoption of innovative technologies in the education sector is one of the major factors has contributed the market growth in the region. In addition, the increasing adoption of blended learning is further expected to drive the market growth in European economies. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest CAGR over the forecast period due to rising adoption of e-learning in developing economies.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global interactive whiteboard market are Panasonic Corporation, LG Display Co., Ltd, Xiamen Interactive Technology Co., Ltd, SMART Technologies ULC, BenQ Corporation, and Cisco Systems, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Panasonic Corporation
  • LG Display Co., Ltd
  • Xiamen Interactive Technology Co., Ltd
  • SMART Technologies ULC
  • BenQ Corporation
  • Cisco Systems, Inc.
  • Google Inc.
  • Microsoft Corporation
  • Boxlight Corporation
  • Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd
  • Sharp Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Interactive Whiteboard Market Report:

  • Global interactive whiteboard market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional interactive whiteboard market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Interactive whiteboard submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by technology, by form factor, by projection technique, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to interactive whiteboard market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level interactive whiteboard markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the interactive whiteboard market

The global hair restoration market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of over 15% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at USD 4.3 billion in 2020. The increasing incidence of androgenetic alopecia around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing consumption of tobacco and alcohol is further expected to drive the market. According to the latest report shared by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, around 14% of adults over 18 years accounted to smoke a cigarette in 2019.

Furthermore, the changing lifestyle and increasing stress level in individuals is further expected to drive the market. Moreover, the increasing disposable income per capita and the technological advancement in hair transplantation such as stem cell therapy and laser therapy are anticipated to boost the market over the forecast period. According to this research, the use of stem cells to prevent hair loss may prove to be very promising. Results showed around a 30% increase in hair density 23 weeks after the last treatment.

Market Segment Insights:

The global hair restoration market is bifurcated into the procedure, therapy, and geography. On the basis of procedure, the market is further segmented into follicular unit extraction and follicular unit transplantation. The follicular unit extraction segment dominated the market in 2020 and held the largest market share of over two-third percent of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for FUE procedures due to their facts such as less invasive, patient comfort, and fast recovery.

Hair Restoration Market Size & CAGR

For more information about the report, request sample papers

By therapy, the hair restoration market is divided into LLLT, stem cell hair restoration, and platelet-rich plasma. The platelet-rich plasma segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share of over one-third percent of the market. An increase in transplanted graft yield rate and healing of wounds from the donor are some major factors to drive the segment growth. On the other hand, the stem cell therapy segment is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR over the forecast period.

The hair restoration comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The hair restoration market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Hair Restoration Market Segmentation:

By Procedure:

  • Follicular Unit Extraction
  • Follicular Unit Transplantation

By Therapy:

  • Low-Level Laser Therapy (LLLT)
  • Stem Cell hair restoration
  • Platelet-Rich Plasma

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the Asia Pacific dominated the global hair restoration market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over 27% of the market. The increasing number of patients regarding the procedure and technological advancement has contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing awareness of consumers regarding aesthetic procedures and consumer shift towards cosmetic procedures is driving regional growth. in contrast, the Middle-East & Africa region is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing urbanization in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global hair restoration market are Venus concept, Bernstein Medical, Bosley, The Harley Street Clinic, and Advanced Hair Studio. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Venus concept
  • Bernstein Medical
  • Bosley
  • The Harley Street Clinic
  • Advanced Hair Studio
  • Milla Marie
  • Lexington Intl., LLC
  • Cole Hair Transplant Group
  • Allergan Plc
  • GETFUE Hair Clinics Ltd.

Key Questions Answered by Hair Restoration Market Report:

  • Global hair restoration market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional hair restoration market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Hair restoration submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by procedure, by therapy, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the hair restoration market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level hair restoration markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the hair restoration market

The global automotive wrap films market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of 22% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach USD 17 billion by 2027. The rising trend of vehicle personalizing and the increasing adoption of modern designs are some major factors to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in the graphic industry and demand for mobile advertising is further expected to propel the market growth. Moreover, the increasing use of wrap films in advertisement products and marketing campaigns is expected to increase the demand for automotive wraps over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global automotive wrap films market is bifurcated into vehicle type, application, sales channel, and geography. On the basis of vehicle type, the market is further segmented into heavy-duty vehicles, medium-duty vehicles, and light-duty vehicles. The light-duty vehicles segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share over half of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for colorful graphics for personal vehicles and cars. Furthermore, the increasing opportunity for drivers to earn many by advertising is expected to fuel the segment growth over the forecast period.

Automotive Wrap Films Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The automotive wrap films comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Automotive (Vehicle) Wrap Films Market Segmentation:

By Vehicle Type:

  • Heavy-duty Vehicles
  • Medium-duty Vehicles
  • Light-duty Vehicles

By Application:

  • Paint Protection
  • Window Tint
  • Others

By Sales Channel:

  • Aftermarket
  • OEM

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America is accounted to hold the largest market share over one-third percent of the global automotive wrap films market in 2020.  Early adoption of new technologies and rapid modernization have contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the rising safety concern and government regulation regarding fire safety systems in the building are anticipated to drive the market growth in the region. The Asia Pacific is estimated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the popularity of colorful vehicles and the rising demand for paint protection films in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Some of the major players operating in the global automotive wrap films market are Avery Dennison Corporation, Arlon Graphics, LLC, 3M Company, Ritrama S.p.A., and Hexis S.A. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Avery Dennison Corporation
  • Arlon Graphics, LLC
  • 3M Company
  • Ritrama S.p.A.
  • Hexis S.A.
  • JMR Graphics, Inc.
  • Vvivid Vinyl
  • Eastman Chemical Company
  • Kay Premium Marking Films Ltd

Key Questions Answered by Automotive (Vehicle) Wrap Films Market Report:

  • Global automotive wrap films market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional automotive wrap films market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Automotive wrap films submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by vehicle type, by application, by sales channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to automotive wrap films market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level automotive wrap films markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the automotive wrap films market

The global wolfberry extracts market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of 8.7% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach USD 1,200 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of infectious diseases in immunocompromised patients worldwide primarily drives the wolfberry extracts market growth. Furthermore, rising public health awareness regarding the therapeutic efficacy of herbal medicines in treating chronic diseases further accelerates the market growth.

Wolfberry extracts also known as goji fruit or lycii fruit has diverse clinical application and is categorized as Chinese herbal medicine as it is an evergreen shrub native to Mongolia, China, Tibet and the Himalayan forests of India. They are rich in nutrients and provides vitamin B, manganese, copper, magnesium, and selenium, being a red-colored fruit it contains a sufficient quantity of carotenoids and zeaxanthin. Technological advancement in the nutrition science and technique in gaining extracts of vital phytochemicals having therapeutic significance provides positive thrust to the wolfberry extracts market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

Immunity booster is representing the largest market share in the clinical application segment for the wolfberry extracts market. As per the latest research findings provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), it is estimated that about 5 million cases of influenza are reported each year throughout the globe. The looming threat of microbial resistance to antibiotics and the growing incidence of viral infection pandemics worldwide tighter increases the demand for the wolfberry extracts market. Dietary supplements are going to register rampant market growth in the near future owing to the significant increase in lifestyle disorders worldwide and constant growth observed in the nutraceutical industry.

Wolfberry Extracts Market Size & CAGR

For more report insights, request a report sample

The supermarket is presently leading the distribution channel segment for the wolfberry extracts market. It serves as a lucrative opportunity for consumers opting for a one-stop shopping experience on weekends and getting exposure to a diverse product portfolio pertaining to the wolfberry extracts market. Retail stores serve as the most preferred shopping destination for consumers receiving prescription form either a dietician or nutritionist to gain access to the right choice of dietary supplement. E-commerce is expected to showcase exemplary market performance during the forecast period on account of the availability of products at affordable prices and attractive discount coupons.

The wolfberry extracts comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The wolfberry extracts market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Wolfberry Extracts Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Immunity Booster
  • Dietary Supplement
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Supermarket
  • Retail Stores
  • E-commerce

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently dominating the geography segment for the wolfberry extracts market. Growing incidence of infectious disease in immunocompromised patients primarily drives the market growth in the region. According to the latest statistics provided by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 61,000 deaths occur each year associated with influenza infection in the United States. Furthermore, the supportive regulatory environment provided by the USFDA for the sale and distribution of herbal medicines accentuates the market growth in the region. Europe is placed in the 2nd position in the regional segment on account of the increasing public health awareness regarding the therapeutic efficacy of wolfberry extract in the treatment of chronic lifestyle disorders such as hypertension and diabetes etc. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for wolfberry extracts market. Presence of niche environment for Chinese herbal medicines and proactive role adopted by government agencies to nurture traditional medicines and naturopathy clinics further accelerate the wolfberry extracts market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global wolfberry extracts market are Swanson Health Products, Navitas Naturals, Ayurish, Natierra, and Botanical Cube, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Swanson Health Products
  • Piping Rock Health Products
  • Navitas Naturals
  • Ayurish
  • Natierra
  • Shaanxi NHK Technology Co., Ltd.
  • Ningxia Red-Goji Berry Trade Co., Ltd.
  • Bolise Co., Limited
  • Parchem
  • Botanical Cube, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Wolfberry Extracts Market Report:

  • Global wolfberry extracts market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional wolfberry extracts market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Wolfberry extracts submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to wolfberry extracts market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level wolfberry extracts markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the wolfberry extracts market

The global single-cell analysis market size is anticipated to grow at a significant CAGR of over 15% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach around USD 7 billion by 2027. The increasing adoption of single-cell analysis devices and growing investment in research and development in diagnostics are some major factors driving the market growth. As per the latest information shared by the National Institute of Health (NIH), 1,735,350 new cancer cases diagnosed in the United States by 2018 and it is estimated that 609,640 people died due to the disease.

The rising use of single-cell analysis devices in disease diagnosis and technological advancement are some factors to fuel the market growth over the forecast period. The increasing incidence of infectious diseases around the world and neurological disorders are some emerging factors to fuel the market. The encouraging stem cell research landscape and the growing health market in developing economies provide opportunities for players investing in the single-cell analysis market. However, the high cost associated with the instrument is a major factor to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global single-cell analysis market is bifurcated into product, cell type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of products, the market is further segmented into consumables and instruments. The consumables segment accounted to hold the largest market share over 57% of the market in 2020 and expected to maintain its dominance over the forecast period. The segment growth is attributed to the high usability of the product and the increasing demand for assay kits. Furthermore, the continued need for consumables required for assays and increasing prevalence of target diseases have contributed to the segment growth.

Single-Cell Analysis Market Size & CAGR

For more study insights, request a report sample

By application, the market is segmented into cancer, immunology, neurology, stem cell, and others. The cancer segment dominated the global single-cell analysis market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around one-third percent of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its ability to early diagnose cancer cells. The rising prevalence of cancer and increasing number of cancer deaths are further expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

Global single-cell analysis market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The single-cell analysis market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Single-cell Analysis Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Consumables
    • Reagents
    • Assay Kits
  • Instruments
    • Microscope
    • Hemocytometers
    • Flow Cytometers
    • NGS Systems
    • PCR
    • High Content Screening Systems
    • Cell Microarrays
    • Single Live Cell Imaging
    • Automated Cell Counters

By Cell Type:

  • Human Cells
  • Animal Cells
  • Microbial Cells

By Application:

  • Cancer
  • Immunology
  • Neurology
  • Stem cell
  • Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis
  • In-vitro fertilization
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Academic & Research Laboratories
  • Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Companies
  • Hospitals and Diagnostic Laboratories
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

On the basis of region, North America dominated the global single-cell analysis market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market. The increasing government investment, rising consumer awareness regarding health, and the increasing healthcare expenditure are some major factors that contributed to the market growth in the region. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the growing healthcare infrastructure. Furthermore, the increasing disposable income and the rising demand for advanced diagnostic tools in developing economies are anticipated to boost the market in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global single-cell analysis market are Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., QIAGEN NV, Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc., Illumina Inc., and Merck Millipore. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.
  • QIAGEN NV
  • Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc.
  • Illumina Inc.
  • Merck Millipore
  • Becton
  • Dickinson & Company
  • Fluidigm Corporation
  • 10x Genomics, Inc.
  • Novogene Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Single-cell Analysis Market Report:

  • Global single-cell analysis market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional single-cell analysis market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Single-cell analysis submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by cell type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to single-cell analysis market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level single-cell analysis markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the single-cell analysis market

The global zinc paste bandages market size is anticipated to grow at a significant CAGR of 5.1% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach at USD 409 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of skin eczema cases worldwide primarily drives zinc paste bandages market growth. Furthermore, the growing incidence of venous leg ulcers among the elderly population worldwide further accentuates the market growth.

Zinc paste bandages have gained immense popularity for treating dermatology complications in the last decade owing to their excellent ergonomic features in comparison to other conventional wound dressing products. They provide comfort and a soothing effect on the ulcer site and provide moist wound healing to the venous ulcers. Additionally, the adhesives used in the bandage are skin-friendly, hypoallergenic, and is suitable for wrapping wounds of any patient having sensitive skin.

Market Segment Insights:

Dermatology is representing the largest market share in the clinical application segment for zinc paste bandages. According to the latest research ciitngs provided by the World Allergy Organization (WAO), approximately 10% of the adult population worldwide are reported to be suffering with atopic dermatitis. Further in depth analysis as conducted by the American Academy of Dermatology (AAD), approximately 20% of the children across the globe are suffering with some form of eczema, the incidence rate is higher in countries having cold climate. Phlebology is going to showcase remarkable market performance during the forecast period on account of the rising prevalence of venous leg ulcer cases worldwide. As per the latest statistics provided by the National Institute of Health (NIH), the annual incidence rate associated with venous leg ulcers is 1 per 1000 people throughout the globe. Rising public health awareness regarding the therapeutic efficacy of zinc paste bandages in the treatment of venous ulcers further propels the market growth.

Zinc Paste Bandages Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy is currently leading the distribution channel segment for the zinc paste bandages market. Zinc paste is available in different strengths of zinc oxide such as 20%, 10%, 6%, etc., hence it is necessary for the hospital pharmacist to precisely dispense the zinc paste bandages according to the doctor’s recommendation. Retail pharmacy is expected to register rampant market growth in the near future owing to the availability of diverse brands of zinc paste bandages and the capacity to serve the medicinal requirements of patients residing in remote locations.

The zinc paste bandages comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The zinc paste bandages market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Zinc Paste Bandages Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Dermatology
  • Phlebology
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • E-commerce

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently dominating the geography segment for the zinc paste bandages market. The rising prevalence of varicose eczema cases in the adult population in the region primarily drives the market growth in the region. As per the latest research citings provided by the National Institute of Health (NIH), approximately 35 million Americans are suffering from eczema each year. The domicile of key players such as Smith & Nephew, Plc., HARTMANN GROUP, Medline Industries, Inc., etc. further accelerates the market growth in the region. Europe is placed in the second position in the regional segment on account of the affordable reimbursement scenario and the existence of well-developed healthcare infrastructure. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for the zinc paste bandages market. The rising prevalence of phlebology complications and the emergence of local players together determine the market growth in the Asia Pacific region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global zinc paste bandages market are Smith & Nephew, Plc., HARTMANN GROUP, BSN Medical (Essity), Medline Industries, Inc., and Lohmann & Rauscher International. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Smith & Nephew, Plc.
  • HARTMANN GROUP
  • BSN Medical (Essity)
  • Lohmann & Rauscher International
  • KOB
  • Medline Industries, Inc.
  • Holthaus Medical GmbH & Co. KG.
  • North Coast Medical
  • Medicare Hygiene Limited.
  • Diamond Athletic Medical Supplies

Key Questions Answered by Zinc Paste Bandages Market Report:

  • Global zinc paste bandages market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional zinc paste bandages market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Zinc paste bandages submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to zinc paste bandages market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level zinc paste bandages markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the zinc paste bandages market

The global flavored syrups market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach at around USD 65 billion by 2027. The rising demand for personalized flavors and increasing consumer preference toward convenience food are some major factors to drive the market growth. The consumer shift towards sugar-free products and the availability of various types of sugar-free flavor syrup is anticipated to witness significant growth in the market. However, the risk associated with the presence of high sugar content in flavor syrups is projected to restrain the market over the forecast period.

The increasing consumer preference towards various flavored syrups is expected to provide new opportunities in the market. The manufacturers are focusing to develop innovative flavors due to the increasing consumer demand is further expected to fuel the global market growth. For example, a new range of products with uniquely flavored honey was introduced by Agi syrup.

Market Segment Insights:

The global flavored syrups market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into fruit, chocolate, vanilla, and others. The fruit segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share over one-third of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing consumer preference towards fruit-infused flavored syrups coupled with the unique tests. Furthermore, the increasing investment by the manufacturers to develop innovative flavors combined with fruit syrups has contributed to the segment growth.

Flavored Syrups Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

By application, the flavored syrups market is divided into bakery & confectionery, beverages, dairy & frozen desserts, and others. The beverage segment holds the largest revenue share of the market and valued at over one-third percent of the market in 2020. The increasing use of flavored syrups in various beverages such as cocktails, soft drinks, hot & cold beverages has contributed to the segment growth around the world. on the other hand, the bakery and confectionery segment is accounted to grow at the fastest CAGR over the forecast period due to the increasing consumer preference towards bakery products.

The flavored syrups comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The flavored syrups market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Flavored Syrups Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Fruit
  • Chocolate
  • Vanilla
  • Others

By Application:

  • Bakery & Confectionery
  • Beverages
  • Dairy & Frozen Desserts
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the flavored syrups market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The flavored syrups market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The flavored syrups market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Flavored syrups market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global flavored syrups market are Hershey Company, Kerry Group, Tate & Lyle, Monin Inc., and Fuerst Day Lawson. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Hershey Company
  • Kerry Group
  • Tate & Lyle
  • Monin Inc.
  • Fuerst Day Lawson
  • Torani
  • Archer Daniels Midland Company
  • Starbucks Coffee Company
  • Smucker’s
  • Walden Farms
  • Fox Syrups

Key Questions Answered by Flavored Syrups Market Report:

  • Global flavored syrups market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional flavored syrups market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Flavored syrups submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to flavored syrups market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level flavored syrups markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the flavored syrups market

The global smoke evacuation system market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of 7.1% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach over USD 160 million in 2020. The increasing incidence of minimally invasive surgeries and the increasing number of cosmetics procedures around the world are some major factors driving the market growth. The technological advancement in electrocautery and ultrasonic devices and the rapid growth in the geriatric population is further anticipated to witness a positive growth rate in the market. However, the government regulations to decrease the healthcare cost and the development of non-invasive surgery technology are projected to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global smoke evacuation systems market is bifurcated into product, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into smoke evacuating systems, smoke evacuation filters, accessories, and others. The smoke evacuation systems segment held the largest revenue share in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market. The system detects smoke and activates fans to remove fumes from the occupied areas in the facility, which is a major factor driving the segment growth. In addition, the smoke evacuation filters segment is accounted for the second-largest share of the market.

By application, the smoke evacuation system market is divided into laparoscopic surgeries, orthopedic, medical aesthetic surgeries, and others. The laparoscopic surgeries segment held the largest market share by revenue and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market due to the increasing number of laparoscopic surgeries around the world. Moreover, the medical aesthetic surgeries segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing incidence of aesthetic surgeries. According to the American Society of Plastic Surgeons, in 2019, over 16.7 billion was spent on minimally invasive and cosmetic surgery in the United States.

Smoke Evacuation System Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Global smoke evacuation system market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The smoke evacuation system market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Smoke Evacuation System Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Smoke Evacuating Systems
  • Smoke Evacuation Filters
  • Smoke Evacuation Pencils & Wands
  • Smoke-Evac Fusion Products (Shrouds)
  • Smoke Evacuation Tubings
  • Accessories

By Application:

  • Laparoscopic Surgeries
  • Orthopedic
  • Medical Aesthetic Surgeries
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Cosmetic Surgery Centers
  • Dental Clinics
  • Veterinary Healthcare Providers

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global smoke evacuation systems market in 2020 by revenue followed by Europe. The rapid growth in aesthetic surgeries has contributed to the market growth in North America. The Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period. The regional growth is expected to drive by the increasing investment in research and development and the increasing interest of market players to provide the product at a low cost.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global smoke evacuation system market are Medtronic, CONMED Corporation, Zimmer Biomet, Stryker, and Ethicon Inc. In May 2020, KLS Martin Group acquired the core business operations of Stuckenbrock Medizintechnik. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Medtronic
  • CONMED Corporation
  • Zimmer Biomet
  • Stryker
  • Ethicon Inc.
  • Erbe Elektromedizin GmbH
  • Symmetry Surgical Inc.
  • Pall Corporation
  • KLS Martin Group
  • Olympus Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Smoke Evacuation System Market Report:

  • Global smoke evacuation system market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional smoke evacuation system market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Smoke evacuation system submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to smoke evacuation system market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level smoke evacuation system markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the smoke evacuation system market

The global water flosser market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 5.5% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and valued at over USD 800 million in 2020. The rising growth in oral problems and the growing consumption of tobacco products around the world are some major factors to drive the market growth. The rising awareness regarding oral health and hygiene is further expected to propel the market globally. Moreover, the rapid growth in urbanization and the increasing adoption of a healthy lifestyle are projected to fuel the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global water flosser market is bifurcated into products, applications, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into cordless, countertop, and others. The cordless segment dominated the market and accounted to hold the largest revenue share around two-thirds percent of the market. The increasing demand for portable and feasible devices has contributed to the market growth by product.

By application, the water flosser market is divided into dental clinics, hospitals, and home care. The dental clinics segment held the largest revenue share in 2020 and valued at over 55% of the market. The increasing incidence of oral and dental problems is a primary factor to drive the market growth by the dental clinics segment. Moreover, the increased risk of periodontal disease due to the rising prevalence of diabetes is further expected to propel the segment growth over the forecast period.

Water Flosser Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Global water flosser market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The water flosser market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Water Flosser Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Cordless
  • Countertop
  • Others

By Application:

  • Dental Clinics
  • Hospitals
  • Home Care

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global water flosser market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the market. The increasing awareness regarding oral and dental health is a key factor to drive the market growth in the region. The Asia Pacific is estimated to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing dental and oral problems in the region. Furthermore, the rapid growth in the consumption of junk food and tobacco is further expected to drive the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global water flosser market are The Procter & Gamble Company, Koninklijke Philips N.V., Fly Cat Electrical Co., Ltd., Hydro Floss, and Panasonic Corporation. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • The Procter & Gamble Company
  • Koninklijke Philips N.V.
  • Fly Cat Electrical Co., Ltd.
  • Hydro Floss (Oral Care Technologies, Inc.)
  • Panasonic Corporation
  • Water Pik Inc.
  • ToiletTree Products Inc.
  • Aquapick Co. Ltd.
  • JETPIK Corporation

Key Questions Answered by Water Flosser Market Report:

  • Global water flosser market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional water flosser market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Water flosser submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to water flosser market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level water flosser markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the water flosser market

The global scaffold technology market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of around 9% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027and estimated at USD 1.1 billion in 2020. The increasing demand for 3D cellular models and reconstruction surgeries among individuals are some primary factors to drive the market growth. The increasing incidence of organ damage and the rapid growth in geriatric population around the world is further expected to drive the market growth. moreover, the technological advancement in tissue engineering and increasing investment by biotechnology companies to launch new scaffold products is anticipated to witness significant growth in the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global scaffold technology market is segmented into type, disease type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further divided into hydrogels, wound healing, 3d bioprinting, and immunomodulation. The hydrogels segment held the largest market share and accounted to hold a major market share over 40% of the market. The segment growth is attributed to the rising technology advancement in the microfabrication of hydrogels.

By disease type, the scaffold technology market is further bifurcated into orthopedics, musculoskeletal, & spine, cancer, skin & integumentary, and others. The orthopedic, musculoskeletal, & spine segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest market share over half of the market by revenue. The increasing musculoskeletal surgeries around the world have contributed the segment growth. In contrast, the neurology segment is estimated to witness the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing use of regenerative medicine to treat neurodegenerative disorder and stem cell therapy.

Scaffold Technology Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Global scaffold technology market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The scaffold technology market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Scaffold Technology Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Hydrogels
  • Wound Healing
  • 3D Bioprinting
  • Immunomodulation

By Disease Type:

  • Orthopedics, Musculoskeletal, & Spine
  • Cancer
  • Skin & Integumentary
  • Dental
  • Cardiology & Vascular
  • Neurology
  • Urology
  • GI, Gynecology
  • Others

By Application:

  • Stem Cell Therapy, Regenerative Medicine, & Tissue Engineering
  • Drug Discovery
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Industries
  • Research Laboratories and Institutes
  • Hospitals and Diagnostic Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America held the largest share of the global scaffold technology market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over 40% of the market. The presence of some major players such as Thermofisher, 3D Biotek, Molecular Matrix, Akron Biotech, etc, has contributed to the market growth in the region. In addition, the increasing investment by the companies to launch innovative and new products for 3D cell culture is expected to drive the market growth in the region. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to witness a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the presence of government organizations that conduct regenerative medicine and stem cell research.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global scaffold technology market are Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., Merck KGaA, Medtronic, Tecan Trading AG, Matricel GmbH, and 3D Biotek LLC. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • Merck KGaA
  • Medtronic
  • Tecan Trading AG
  • Matricel GmbH
  • 3D Biotek LLC
  • Becton, Dickinson, and Company
  • REPROCELL Inc.
  • Xanofi
  • Molecular Matrix, Inc.
  • Pelobiotech

Key Questions Answered by Scaffold Technology Market Report:

  • Global scaffold technology market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional scaffold technology market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Scaffold technology submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by disease type, by application, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to scaffold technology market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level scaffold technology markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the scaffold technology market

The global cocktail syrups market size is expected to register a significant CAGR of around 5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at USD 4.1 billion in 2020. The rapid growth in the working-class population and rising party culture among youngsters is a primary factor to drive the market growth around the world. The sudden halt of non-essential business such as hotels, restaurants, pubs, and bars, has led to major changes in the lockdown period in various economies.

With the innovation of organic and botanical ingredients in vivid flavors is projected to provide new opportunities for the manufacturers in the market. Many companies are focusing on the natural ingredient for colors and flavors. Moreover, the increasing consumer health consciousness is expected to fuel the market growth with natural coloring agents and ingredients.

Market Segment Insights:

The global cocktail syrups market is bifurcated into product, flavor, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into fruit, herbs & seasonings, vanilla, and others. The fruit segment dominated the global market by revenue and accounted to hold a major market share over two-third of the market. The wide application in cocktails of fruit flavored syrups has attributed to the segment growth. Furthermore, the rising consumer preference towards the product owning to high fruit content is promoting the manufacturers to develop syrup with natural ingredients.

Global Cocktail Syrups Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

By flavor, the cocktail syrups market is divided into sweet, salty, sour, and mint flavors. The sweet segment held the largest market share in 2020 and accounted to hold the largest revenue share around 60% of the market globally. With the popularity of the sweet cocktail syrups among the consumers is a major factor to drive the segment growth across the globe. Furthermore, the rising innovation and new product launch by manufacturers is further anticipated to propel the segment growth. in 2019, Torani announced to launch of its new range of syrups under the brand name Puremade Syrups.

Global cocktail syrups market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The cocktail syrups market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Cocktail Syrups Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Fruit
  • Herbs & Seasonings
  • Vanilla
  • Others

By Flavor:

  • Sweet
  • Salty
  • Sour
  • Mint

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global cocktail syrups market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around one-third percent of the market globally. The increasing consumer shift towards the test and rising preference towards flavored alcoholic drinks have contributed to the market growth in the region. The increasing number of pubs and bars in the United States has further attributed the market growth in the region coupled with the increasing popularity of cocktails in the U.S. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing popularity of flavored alcoholic drinks in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global cocktail syrups market are Kerry Group PLC, Liber & Co., MONIN, The Simple Syrup Co., and ADM WILD Europe GmbH & Co. KG. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Kerry Group PLC
  • Liber & Co.
  • MONIN
  • The Simple Syrup Co.
  • ADM WILD Europe GmbH & Co. KG
  • Bristol Syrup Company
  • Dohler
  • Toschi Vignola s.r.l.
  • Giffard

Key Questions Answered by Cocktail Syrups Market Report:

  • Global cocktail syrups market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional cocktail syrups market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Cocktail syrups submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by flavor, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to cocktail syrups market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level cocktail syrups markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the cocktail syrups market

The global anal fistula treatment market size is projected to grow at a sustainable CAGR of 4% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and estimated to reach over USD 830 million by 2027. The increasing prevalence of anal fistula and the recurrence rate of treatment around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. There has been an increase in the incidence of anal fistula causing co-morbidities such as anal abscess, Crohn’s disease, HIV, and TB infection, resulting in new complicated anal fistula cases which are expected to fuel the market growth.

The increasing demand for effective and safe treatment with no chance of recurrence is projected to provide new opportunities in the market. Furthermore, the increasing demand for non-surgical method and the growing expenditure in healthcare in developing economies is projected to boost the market. Moreover, the technological advancement in medical devices and increasing research and development activities are some other factors to drive the market in next upcoming years. However, the lack of awareness regarding the disease and increasing treatment costs are some factors to restrain the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global anal fistula treatment market is bifurcated into treatment type, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of treatment type, the market is further segmented into surgical and non-surgical procedures. The surgical segment held the largest market share in terms of revenue and accounted to hold the largest revenue share around two-third of the market. The surgical treatment is associated with a low occurrence rate and good quality of life. The increasing incidence of fistula-induced infections, increased demand for effective and safe treatment have contributed to the segment growth.

Anal Fistula Treatment Market Size & Forecast

For more insights about the study, request a report sample

Global anal fistula treatment market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The anal fistula treatment market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Anal Fistula Treatment Market Segmentation:

By Treatment Type:

  • Surgical
  • Non-Surgical

By Application:

  • Intersphincteric Fistula
  • Transsphincteric Fistula
  • Suprasphincteric Fistula
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global anal fistula treatment market in terms of revenue and accounted to hold the largest market share. The increasing expenditure in healthcare and early adoption of new technologies has contributed to the market growth in the region. The increasing incidence of inflammatory bowel disease has also increased the demand for treatment in the region. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is expected to register the fastest growth rate over the forecast period. the rising prevalence of Chron’s disease and the increasing awareness regarding the disease are expected to drive the market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global anal fistula treatment market are Medtronic plc, Cook Medical, Takeda Pharmaceuticals, KARL STORZ SE & Co. KG, and Biolitec AG. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Medtronic plc
  • Cook Medical
  • Takeda Pharmaceuticals
  • KARL STORZ SE & Co. KG
  • Biolitec AG
  • Pfizer, Inc.
  • AstraZeneca Plc
  • L. Gore & Associates, Inc (Gore Medical)
  • Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
  • Novartis AG

Key Questions Answered by Anal Fistula Treatment Market Report:

  • Global anal fistula treatment market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional anal fistula treatment market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Anal fistula treatment submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by treatment type, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the anal fistula treatment market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level anal fistula treatment markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the anal fistula treatment market

The global in-vitro diagnostics market size is anticipated to register a sustainable CAGR of over 4% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at over USD 83 billion in 2020. The rising adoption of in vitro diagnostics due to the increasing number of IVD tests across the globe is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The rapid growth in chronic and infectious diseases around the world is a major factor to increase the IVD test globally.

The advent of automated in vitro diagnostics systems to provide error-free, accurate, and efficient diagnoses in hospitals and laboratories is expected to fuel the market growth. Furthermore, the increasing interest of major players to launch new in vitro diagnosis products is projected to uplift the market over the forecast period. In addition, the rise in the use of personalized medicines in the treatment of various chronic diseases has also led to a boom in the market.

In various economies, the rapid growth in the older population could be attributed to a decline in fertility and a low birth rate. According to United Nations, in 2017, approximately 960 million people were accounted as over 60 years old across the globe. Moreover, it is estimated that around 137 million people accounted at over 80 years old and it is projected to reach around 425 million by 2027.

Market Segment Insights:

The global in-vitro diagnostics market is bifurcated into the product, technology, application, end-user, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further segmented into instruments, reagents, and services. The reagents segment held the largest market share in terms of revenue and accounted to hold a major market share around two-third of the market in 2020. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing demand for accurate, rapid, and sensitive devices.

In-Vitro Diagnostics Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the report, request a report sample

By application, the in vitro diagnostics market is divided into infectious disease, diabetes, oncology, cardiology, and others. The infectious disease segment dominated the market in 2020 by revenue and accounted to hold the largest share of over 40% of the market. The rising incidence of infectious diseases such as HIV, AIDS, COVID-19, and tuberculosis is a major factor to drive the segment growth by application.

The in vitro diagnostics comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global In Vitro Diagnostics Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Instruments
  • Reagents
  • Services

By Technology:

  • Immunoassay
  • Hematology
  • Clinical Chemistry
  • Molecular Diagnostics
  • Coagulation
  • Microbiology
  • Others

By Application:

  • Infectious Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Oncology
  • Cardiology
  • Nephrology
  • Autoimmune Disease
  • Drug testing
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Laboratories
  • Home Care
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global in-vitro diagnostics market in 2020 and estimated to hold the largest revenue share of over 40% of the market around the globe. The increasing incidence of infectious diseases, rising awareness of the consumer regarding infectious diseases, and the presence of the major players have contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing awareness of the patients for early tests and the increasing incidence of chronic diseases in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global in vitro diagnostics market are Abbott, Danaher, bioMerieux SA, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Becton, Dickinson and Company, and Siemens Healthineers AG. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Abbott
  • Danaher
  • bioMerieux SA
  • Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.
  • Becton, Dickinson and Company
  • Siemens Healthineers AG
  • QIAGEN
  • Quidel Corporation
  • Hoffmann-La Roche AG
  • Sysmex Corporation
  • Agilent Technologies

Key Questions Answered by In Vitro Diagnostics Market Report:

  • Global in-vitro diagnostics market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional in vitro diagnostics market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • In-vitro diagnostics submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by technology, by application, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to in vitro diagnostics market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level in vitro diagnostics markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the in vitro diagnostics market

The global revenue cycle management market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 11% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach around USD 600 billion by 2027. The increasing adoption of RCM tools by the various healthcare providers and rapid growth in technological advancement are some major factors to drive the market growth. The growing need for optimization of organizational workflow coupled with increasing innovation in integrated management software and systems to reduce error is further expected to fuel the market over the forecast period.

The government regulations regarding digital healthcare solution is projected to propel the market growth. Moreover, the up-gradation and development of solutions provided by some major players are further expected to uplift the market. For example, in 2020, R1 RCM, a U.S. based company, announced the launch of R1 Professional to serve large hospital-owned medical groups and groups with independent practices. However, the lack of proper reimbursement scenario is one of the major challenges faced by patients is a major factor to restrain the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global revenue cycle management market is segmented into product, type, delivery mode, end-user, and geography. The product segment is further segmented into software and services. The software segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in 2020 by revenue. In recent years, increasing volumes of data have led to the adoption of solutions due to the digitization of procedures and to organize for better patient care. For example, according to data published by Health Catalyst, around 90% of healthcare organizations use analytical software and data to improve quality and revenue cycle management.

Revenue Cycle Management Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Global revenue cycle management market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The revenue cycle management market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Revenue Cycle Management Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Software
  • Services

By Type:

  • Integrated
  • Standalone

By Delivery Mode:

  • On-premise
  • Web-based
  • Cloud-based

By End-User:

  • Physician Offices
  • Hospitals
  • Diagnostic Laboratories
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global revenue cycle management market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over half of the market. The presence of the various physicians and the early adoption of the new technologies have contributed to the market growth in the region. Furthermore, North America has attractive growth opportunities due to the large established hospitals and healthcare infrastructure, the presence of favorable regulations, and reducing the cost of healthcare. In addition, the Asia Pacific is anticipated to witness the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to government supportive regulations to improve the quality of healthcare solutions.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global revenue cycle management market are The SSI Group, Inc., AllScripts Healthcare, LLC, Experian Health, R1 RCM Inc., McKesson Corporation, and athenahealth, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • The SSI Group, Inc.
  • AllScripts Healthcare, LLC
  • Experian Health, R1 RCM Inc.
  • McKesson Corporation
  • athenahealth, Inc.
  • Epic Systems Corporation
  • NXGN Management, LLC
  • CareCloud Corporation
  • Quest Diagnostics, Inc.
  • R1 RCM Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Revenue Cycle Management Market Report:

  • Global revenue cycle management market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional revenue cycle management market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Revenue cycle management submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by type, by delivery mode, by end-use, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to revenue cycle management market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional, and country-level revenue cycle management markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the revenue cycle management market

The global tetanus toxoid vaccines market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 4.7% during the forecast period and estimated to reach USD 6,601 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of Clostridium tetani infection in the developing regions primarily drives the tetanus toxoid vaccines market growth. Furthermore, recent advancement in the technology transfer process regarding the development of polyvalent vaccines provide positive impetus to the market growth.

Tetanus is an infectious disease which is caused by the bacterium Clostridium tetani, which affects the central nervous system resulting in lockjaw and muscle stiffness, difficulty in breathing and eventually causes death if not treated early. As per the latest research citings provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), in 2017 approximately 38,000 people worldwide died due to the tetanus infection. Further in depth analysis provide vital information regarding the clinical manifestation of tetanus infection which are headache, seizures, sweating, fever, muscle spams etc.

Market Segment Insights:

Polyvalent vaccines are representing the largest market share in the types segment for tetanus toxoid vaccines market. Frequent skin laceration by rusted utensils, tools and repeated exposure to contaminated surface such as soil, animal and human feces etc. causes the transmission of the Clostridium tetani bacteria in human beings. It is available in different combination such as diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTaP) and Diphtheria and Tetanus (DT) which are mentioned in the compulsory immunization program for newborn babies worldwide. Monovalent vaccines are going to showcase steady market growth during the forecast period as growing incidence of clostridium tetani infection in the middle and low income countries primarily drives the monovalent vaccines market growth. It is given to adult population who have never received a tetanus vaccines during their childhood and thus monovalent vaccine is given to develop a strong immune response.

Tetanus Toxoid Vaccines Market Size & CAGR

For more insights about the study, request a report sample

Hospitals are currently leading the end user segment for tetanus toxoid vaccines market. Compulsory immunization of tetanus toxoid vaccines in the children throughout the globe has resulted in significant increase in the number of inpatient visits to the primary healthcare centers worldwide. Proactive initiative adopted by Government healthcare agencies to provide free vaccines to government sponsored hospitals to encourage the immunization program further consolidate the market growth. Specialty clinics are expected to register rampant market growth in the near future owing to the increasing disposable income in middle income families, which frequently visit specialty clinics for immunization of children’s at affordable price.

Global tetanus toxoid vaccines market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The tetanus toxoid vaccines market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Tetanus Toxoid Vaccines Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Monovalent
  • Polyvalent

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently dominating the geography segment for tetanus toxoid vaccines market. Mandatory immunization of children as per the vaccination guidelines provided by the USFDA primarily drives the tetanus toxoid vaccines market growth. Existence of well-established healthcare infrastructure and affordable reimbursement scenario associated with immunization programs further accentuate the market growth in the region. Europe is placed in the second position in the regional segment owing to the domicile of major players such as Merck & Co. Inc., Sanofi Pasteur, GlaxoSmithkline, Plc. etc determine the market growth in the region. Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest growing regional segment for tetanus toxoid vaccines market. Rising incidence of Clostridium tetani infection determines the market growth in the region. Emergence of local players and developing healthcare infrastructure further bolster the market growth in the Asia Pacific region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global tetanus toxoid vaccines market are Sanofi Pasteur, Merck & Co. Inc., Pfizer, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline, Plc., and Bharat Biotec. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • GlaxoSmithkline, Plc.
  • Merck & Co. Inc.
  • Pfizer, Inc.
  • Bharat Biotec
  • Serum Institute Of India Limited
  • Panacea Biotec Ltd.
  • Astellas Pharma, Inc.
  • Emergent Biosolutions, Inc.
  • PT Bio Farma

Key Questions Answered by Tetanus Toxoid Vaccines Market Report:

  • Global tetanus toxoid vaccines market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional tetanus toxoid vaccines market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Tetanus toxoid vaccines submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to tetanus toxoid vaccines market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level tetanus toxoid vaccines markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the tetanus toxoid vaccines market

The global respiratory care devices market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of over 12% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach over USD 30 billion by 2027. Globally there has been a sudden increase in demand for respiratory care devices due to corona virus outbreaks. Thus, the respiratory care devices market saw a high growth rate between 2019 and 2020. In 2020, the respiratory care devices market reached USD 58.1 billion.

Furthermore, the increasing incidence of respiratory diseases and a significant growth in aging population around the world is expected to drive the market growth. Moreover, the changing lifestyle, rising prevalence of smoking, and increasing rate of preterm birth is projected to fuel the demand for reparatory care devices, globally. However, the harmful effects of some devices and the lack of awareness in population are some factors to restrain the market growth over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global respiratory care devices market is bifurcated into product, indication, end-user, and geography. By end-user, the market is further segmented into hospitals, ambulatory care centers, and home care. The hospital segment is accounted to hold the largest market share in terms of revenue. Public-private partnerships to improve the accessibility of health services, along with the rapid development in health services infrastructure is expected to be the major factors in the growth of respiratory care devices market for hospitals segment.

Respiratory Care Devices Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Global respiratory care devices market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The respiratory care devices market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Respiratory Care Devices Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Therapeutic Devices
  • Monitoring Devices
  • Diagnostic Devices
  • Consumables and Accessories

By Indication:

  • Sleep Apnea
  • Asthma
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Others

By End-User:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulatory Care Centers
  • Home Care

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global respiratory care devices market in 2020 in terms of revenue. Technological advancement and the presence of the major players have contributed the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to the increasing number of respiratory patients and the increasing expenditure in healthcare sector in the region. Moreover, the increasing incidence of tobacco smoking, rising disposable income per capita, and rapid growth in healthcare infrastructure are further expected to fuel the market in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global respiratory care devices market are Philips Healthcare, Resmed, Medtronic, Masimo, and Fisher & Paykel Healthcare. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Philips Healthcare
  • Resmed
  • Medtronic
  • Masimo
  • Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
  • Becton, Dickinson and Company (BD)
  • Invacare
  • Chart Industries
  • Dragerwerk AG
  • Hamilton Medical

Key Questions Answered by Respiratory Care Devices Market Report:

  • Global respiratory care devices market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional respiratory care devices market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Respiratory care devices submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by indication, by end-user, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to respiratory care devices market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level respiratory care devices markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the respiratory care devices market

The global electric vehicle battery swapping market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 24% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 110 million in 2020. The increasing adoption of electric vehicles coupled with the lack of public charging facilities is a major factor to drive the market growth. In January 2020, EVI Technologies Pvt. Ltd (EVIT) partnered with Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL) to set up battery swapping and charging stations.

The rising consumer demand to increase vehicle efficiency and reduce fuel costs has led to continued technological advances in electric vehicles. Furthermore, the increasing cost of gasoline and stringent government regulation regarding emission control is expected to increase the demand for electric vehicles which is expected to propel the market growth in next upcoming years.

Market Segment Insights:

The global electric vehicle battery swapping market is segmented into service type, vehicle type, and geography. On the basis of vehicle type, the market is further bifurcated into two-wheeler, three-wheeler passenger vehicle, three-wheeler light commercial vehicle, four-wheeler light commercial vehicle, buses, and others. The two-wheeler vehicle segment is projected as the most attractive segment across the globe.

Electric Vehicle Battery Swapping Market Size & CAGR

Fore more insights about the study, request a report sample

The electric vehicle battery swapping comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global electric vehicle battery swapping market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The electric vehicle battery swapping market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Electric Vehicle Battery Swapping Market Segmentation:

By Service Type:

  • Pay-Per-Use Model
  • Subscription Model

By Vehicle Type:

  • Two-Wheeler
  • Three-Wheeler Passenger Vehicle
  • Three-Wheeler Light Commercial Vehicle
  • Four Wheeler Light Commercial Vehicle
  • Buses
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the electric vehicle battery swapping market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The electric vehicle battery swapping market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The electric vehicle battery swapping market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Electric vehicle battery swapping market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global electric vehicle battery swapping market are Amara Raja Group, Amplify Mobility, ChargeMYGaadi, EChargeUp solutions Pvt Ltd, and Esmito Solutions Pvt Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Amara Raja Group
  • Amplify Mobility
  • ChargeMYGaadi
  • EChargeUp solutions pvt Ltd
  • Esmito Solutions Pvt Ltd
  • Gogoro, Inc.
  • Lithion Power Pvt Ltd
  • NIO, Inc.
  • Numocity
  • Oyika Pte Ltd

Key Questions Answered by Electric Vehicle Battery Swapping Market Report:

  • Global electric vehicle battery swapping market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional electric vehicle battery swapping market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Electric vehicle battery swapping submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by service type, by vehicle type, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the electric vehicle battery swapping market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level electric vehicle battery swapping markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the electric vehicle battery swapping market

The global single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of 21% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027. The rising prevalence of fatal incidences such as diabetes, cancer, and others is a major factor driving the market growth. The rising demand for genetic analysis in plants and animals is further expected to drive the market. Moreover, the presence of private and public funds programs in the field of genetics, reducing the cost of sequencing, the introduction of innovative technologies, and growing demand from clinical research. In addition, the technological advancement such as the increasing use of mass arrays systems and use of real-time and multiplex PCR is further expected to propel the market.

Market Segment Insights:

The global single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market is bifurcated into technology, application, and geography. On the basis of technology, the market is further segmented into SNP Genechips and Microarrays, TaqMan Assay, RFLP, SSCP, ARMS, and other SNP Genotyping Technologies. By application, the market is divided into animal genetics, plant improvement, diagnostic research, aquaculture, pharmaceuticals and pharmacogenomics, agricultural biotechnology, animal livestock and breeding, and others.

Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Genotyping Market Size

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market size and forecast was obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Genotyping Market Segmentation:

By Technology:

  • SNP Genechips and Microarrays
  • TaqMan Assay (Allelle-Specific Hybridization)
  • SNP Genotyping based upon Pyrosequencing
  • SN Plex based upon Applied Biosystems
  • Sequenom Masarray MALDI-TOF
  • RFLP (Restricted Fragment Length Polymorphism)
  • SSCP (Single-Strand Conformation Polymorphism)
  • ARMS (Amplication Refractory Mutation System)
  • Other SNP Genotyping Technologies

By Application:

  • Animal Genetics
  • Plant Improvement
  • Diagnostic Research
  • Aquaculture
  • Pharmaceuticals and Pharmacogenomics
  • Agricultural Biotechnology
  • Animal Livestock and Breeding
  • Other SNP applications

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global single nucleotide polymorphism genotyping market are Sequenom, Inc., ThermoFisher Scientific, Life Technologies Corporation, PREMIER Biosoft, and Illumina, Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Sequenom, Inc
  • ThermoFisher Scientific
  • Life Technologies Corporation
  • PREMIER Biosoft
  • Illumina, Inc.
  • Affymetrix, Inc.
  • Douglas Scientific LLC
  • Fluidigm
  • GENEWIZ
  • Eurofins Genomics

Key Questions Answered by Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Genotyping Market Report:

  • Global SNP genotyping market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional SNP genotyping market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • SNP genotyping submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by technology, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to SNP genotyping market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level SNP genotyping markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the SNP genotyping market

The global electronic weighing machines market size is accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of 3% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach at around USD 5 billion by 2027. The rising automation in various industry verticals across the globe is a primary factor to drive market growth. The rising technological advancement and increasing need to maintain precision in the process are some other factors to drive the market.

Furthermore, the increasing adoption of electronic measuring machines for testing and measurement of material is expected to fuel the market. In addition, the need to replace old and obsolete measuring devices with the latest and advanced electronic measuring devices with better product design and quicker production is projected to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global electronic weighing machines market is bifurcated into type, application, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of application, the market is further segmented into Laboratory, Gem and Jewelry, Retail, Health, Kitchen, and Other scales. The retails scale segment is accounted as the largest market segment in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share around one-third of the market. The rapid growth in urbanization and the increasing number of retail stores are some major factors to drive the segment growth across the globe. In contrast, the laboratory scale segment is expected to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to increasing research activities in the pharmaceutical industry.

By distribution channel, the electronic weighing machines market is divided into the offline and online channel. The offline channel segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 95% of the market. The segment includes retail stores, distributors, specialty stores, and supermarkets. Due to the quality check and product functionality check, the consumer prefers to buy these machines from offline stores. On the other hand, the online channel is accounted to grow at a significant growth rate over the forecast period due to the availability of a wide range of products with multiple brand availability and price discounts.

Electronic Weighing Machines Market Size

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The electronic weighing machines comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The electronic weighing machines market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Electronic Weighing Machines Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Table Top Scale
  • Platform Scale
  • Precision Scale
  • Pocket Scale
  • Others

By Application:

  • Laboratory Scale
  • Gem and Jewelry Scale
  • Retail Scale
  • Health Scale
  • Kitchen Scale
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Online
  • Offline

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the electronic weighing machines market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The electronic weighing machines market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The electronic weighing machines market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Electronic weighing machines market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global electronic weighing machines market are Tanita, A&D Engineering, Fairbanks Scales, Adam Equipment, and Essae group. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Tanita
  • A&D Engineering
  • Fairbanks Scales
  • Adam Equipment
  • Essae group
  • KERN & SOHN GmbH
  • Mettler Toredo
  • Contech Instruments Ltd.
  • Avery Weigh Tronix LLC
  • Rice Lake Weighing Systems

Key Questions Answered by Electronic Weighing Machines Market Report:

  • Global electronic weighing machines market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional electronic weighing machines market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Electronic weighing machines submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the electronic weighing machines market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level electronic weighing machines markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the electronic weighing machines market

The global eggshell membrane market size accounted to grow at a significant CAGR of 8.8% over the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 120 million in 2020. The rising consumer health awareness and change in consumption habits are some major factors to drive the market growth. The use of eggshell membrane in supplements includes cosmetics, dermatological, and nutraceutical products are further expected to propel the market. Due to its nutritional value in the food industry, United States is one of the important countries involved in the manufacture of eggshell membranes.

Market Segment Insights:

The global eggshell membrane market is bifurcated into type, application, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further divided into hydrolyzed and unhydrolyzed types. The hydrolyzed segment dominated the market in 2020 by revenue and accounted to hold a major market share of over 70% of the market. Its high availability, optimum concentration, and high composition in the membrane are some factors that contributed to the segment growth.

By application, the eggshell membrane market is segmented into pharmaceutical, personal care & cosmetics, food & beverages, nutraceuticals, and others. The food and beverage segment held the largest market share in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of over one-third percent of the global market. The segment growth is attributed to its high use in dietary supplements and functional food due to its health benefits. The eggshell membrane is an important source of calcium which is making it popular among manufacturers, which is expected to fuel the segment growth over the forecast period.

Eggshell Membrane Market Size & Growth

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The eggshell membrane comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Eggshell Membrane Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Hydrolyzed
  • Unhydrolyzed

By Application:

  • Pharmaceutical
  • Personal Care & Cosmetics
  • Food & Beverages
  • Nutraceuticals
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global eggshell membrane market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around one-third of the global market. The regional growth is attributed to the consumer awareness regarding healthy food. The rising demand for nutritious and healthy food and the high affordability of consumers in the region is further expected to drive the market growth in North America. Moreover, the increasing investment of some major players in the region is projected to uplift the market in next upcoming years. On the other hand, the Asia Pacific is expected to witness a significant growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global eggshell membrane market are Stratum Nutrition, Biova LLC, Microcore Research Laboratories, Ecovatec Solutions, and Eggnovo SL. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Stratum Nutrition
  • Biova LLC
  • Microcore Research Laboratories
  • Ecovatec Solutions
  • Eggnovo SL
  • Kewpie Corporation
  • Eggbrane
  • Certified Nutraceuticals Inc.
  • Bolise Co., Ltd.
  • Mitushi Biopharma

Key Questions Answered by Eggshell Membrane Market Report:

  • Global eggshell membrane market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional eggshell membrane market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Eggshell membrane submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the eggshell membrane market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level eggshell membrane markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the eggshell membrane market

The global potassium clavulanate market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 3.2% during the forecast period and expected to reach at USD 1,067 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of acute bacterial sinusitis infection across all age groups worldwide primarily drives the potassium clavulanate market growth. Additionally, the high mortality rate associated with community-acquired pneumonia further accelerates the demand for potassium clavulanate market growth.

Potassium clavulanate is a beta-lactamase inhibitor which is frequently used in combination with other antibiotics such as amoxicillin, cefixime, and cefpodoxime to fight antibiotic resistance by preventing the breakdown of antibiotics by the beta-lactamase enzymes, thereby ensuring their broad-spectrum bactericidal activity against bacterial infections.

Market Segment Insights:

Acute bacterial sinusitis is spearheading the clinical application segment for the potassium clavulanate market. According to the latest statistics provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), acute bacterial sinusitis occurs in almost 90% of the patients previously suffering from viral upper respiratory tract infection. It affects the maxillary sinuses with the duration of symptoms being shorter than 4 weeks, the disease progression is usually related to some allergy or local irritant. Community-acquired pneumonia will be projecting impressive market growth during the forecast period on account of the rising prevalence of the disease in children below 5 years of age. As per the latest research citings presented by the National Institute of Health (NIH), the annual incidence rate of community-acquired pneumonia varies between 1.5 to 14 per 1000 people throughout the globe.

Potassium Clavulanate Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy presently dominating the distribution channel segment for the potassium clavulanate market. The drug is used in combination with other antibiotics such as amoxicillin, cefixime, cefpodoxime, etc. hence, it is necessary for the hospital pharmacist to pay attention to the drug strength associated with potassium clavulanate while dispensing it as a combination drug therapy. Retail pharmacy is expected to highlight impressive market growth during the forecast period chiefly due to the sale of low-cost antibiotics due to government subsidy on essential medicine and its capacity to provide medicinal requirements on patients residing in remote locations.

Global potassium clavulanate market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The potassium clavulanate market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Potassium Clavulanate Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Acute Bacterial Sinusitis
  • Community-Acquired Pneumonia
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is currently spearheading the geography segment for the potassium clavulanate market. The rising prevalence of acute bacterial sinusitis across all age groups primarily drives the market growth in the region. As per the recent research citing provided by the American College of Physicians (ACP), approximately 3 million hospital visits are reported in the United States associated with acute bacterial sinusitis. Affordable reimbursement scenario for the potassium clavulanate drug formulations further propels the market growth in the region. Europe is the second-largest regional segment for the potassium clavulanate market. Nurturing the regulatory environment provided by the European Medical Agency for the sale and distribution of antibiotics containing potassium clavulanate determines the market growth in the region. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for the potassium clavulanate market on account of the effective implementation of the treatment regimen pertaining to community-acquired pneumonia in the South East Asia region and flourishing generic drugs market.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global potassium clavulanate market are Sandoz, Inc., Abbott Laboratories, Inc., Cipla Limited, GlaxoSmithKline, Plc., and Mankind Pharma. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.
  • Abbott Laboratories, Inc.
  • Sandoz, Inc.
  • GlaxoSmithKline, Plc.
  • Mylan Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.
  • Reddys Laboratories Ltd.
  • Macleods Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd.
  • Cipla Ltd.
  • Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
  • Mankind Pharma

Key Questions Answered by Potassium Clavulanate Market Report:

  • Global potassium clavulanate market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional potassium clavulanate market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Potassium clavulanate submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to potassium clavulanate market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level potassium clavulanate markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the potassium clavulanate market

The global serotonin supplements market size is anticipated to register a sustainable CAGR of 7.7% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach USD 1,184 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of anxiety and mood disorders worldwide primarily drives the market growth. Additionally, the constant rise in insomnia and altered sleep pattern across all age groups throughout the globe further accentuates the serotonin supplements market growth.

Serotonin supplements are a very safe and non-drug option for elevating the levels of neural serotonin which is a major neurotransmitter. The majority of prescription drugs used for treating mental disorders are exerting their pharmacological effect by increasing the serotonin levels, but the severe side effects associated with them render them ineffective in the long-term management of mental disorders. Serotonin supplements that boost the natural production of serotonin in the human body are 5-hydroxytryptophan, tryptophan, s-adenosyl methionine, pyridoxine, folic acid, L-theanine, Rhodiola Rosea, Garcinia cambogia, etc.

Market Segment Insights:

Anxiety and mood disorders are representing the largest market share in the clinical application segment for the serotonin supplements market. According to the latest statistics provided by the World Bank data, the prevalence rate of anxiety is highly variegated ranging from 2.5% to 7% across various nations. Further clinical research studies suggest that approximately 1 in 133 individuals suffers from anxiety during his lifetime. Mood disorder is seen to be growing at an unprecedented rate in the millennial population worldwide due to unhealthy diet, stress, poor social life, etc., which if unchecked may eventually result in depression and suicidal tendencies. Insomnia is keen to register comfortable market growth in the near future on account of the growing incidence of lack of sleep among the geriatric population worldwide and the increasing consumption of caffeinated drinks across various age groups.

Serotonin Supplements Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hypermarkets are presently leading the distribution channel segment for the serotonin channel segments market. It provides a unique platform for several players to showcase their products under a single roof at attractive prices. Retail stores are the shopping option for consumers receiving prescriptions from dieticians and physicians for the management of chronic lifestyle disorders. E-commerce is expected to record excellent market growth during the forecast period owing to the deep internet penetration and capability to reach to a large consumer base with good disposable income.

Global serotonin supplements market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The serotonin supplements market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Serotonin Supplements Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Anxiety & Mood Disorders
  • Insomnia
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hypermarket
  • Retail Stores
  • E-commerce

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is currently dominating the geography segment for the serotonin supplements market. The rising prevalence of anxiety in the young population primarily drives the market growth in the region. According to the latest statistics provided by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 40 million United States citizens aged 18 years and above are reported to be suffering from anxiety. Stressful lifestyle, large consumption of tobacco, alcohol, and ecstasy substance has resulted in mood disorders leading to depression and suicidal tendencies increase the demand for serotonin supplements in the region. Europe is the second-largest regional segment owing to the rising prevalence of insomnia in the geriatric population. As per the latest information provided by the European Commission Report the minimum sleep hours duration for subjects suffering from insomnia is 5.77 hours, creating huge demand for serotonin supplements in the region to provide sleep aid. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for the serotonin supplements market. Flourishing traditional and herbal medicines enriched in 5HTP and tryptophan will steer the serotonin supplements market growth in the region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global serotonin supplements market are Jarrow Formulas, Arazo Nutrition, Source Naturals, Holland & Barrett (LetterOne), and Swanson. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Jarrow Formulas
  • Arazo Nutrition
  • Natrol (Aurobindo Pharma USA, Inc.)
  • Source Naturals
  • Solgar (The Nature’s Bounty Co)
  • Holland & Barrett (LetterOne)
  • Swanson
  • The Genius Brand
  • Pure Encapsulation, Inc. (Nestle S.A.)
  • Scripts of Nature

Key Questions Answered by Serotonin Supplements Market Report:

  • Global serotonin supplements market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional serotonin supplements market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Serotonin supplements submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the serotonin supplements market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level serotonin supplements markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the serotonin supplements market

The global whey protein market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of 9.5% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at over USD 9 billion by 2020. The rising prevalence of chronic conditions due to changing lifestyle around the world is a primary factor to drive the market growth. The increasing consumer shift towards natural food and the rising adoption of a rich protein diet among the young population is further expected to fuel the market in next upcoming years. Moreover, the rapid growth in sports activities is led to an increase in the demand for nutritional products which is expected to propel the market growth.

Market Segment Insights:

The global whey protein market is divided into type, application, distribution channel, and geography. On the basis of type, the market is further segmented into isolates, concentrates, and hydrolysates type. The concentrates segment held the largest market share in 2020 by revenue and accounted to hold a major market share around half of the market, globally. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in various applications such as dairy dessert, yogurt, and beverage products. Furthermore, the concentrate whey protein is employed as a source of protein fortification for infant food and nutritional products. On the other hand, the hydrolystates whey protein segment is accounted to register the highest growth rate over the forecast period.

By application, the whey protein market is bifurcated into nutritional supplements, personal care, food & beverages, and animal feed & pet food. The food and beverage segment is accounted to hold the largest market segment in 2020 and accounted to hold around half of the market share in terms of revenue. The segment growth is attributed to the high use of whey protein in the bakery and dairy industry due to its ability to emulsify, foam, and thicken products. it also enhances the gelation, water-binding capabilities, solubility, and nutritional value of bakery and dairy products.

Whey Protein Market Size & CAGR

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The whey protein comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global whey protein market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The whey protein market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Whey Protein Market Segmentation:

By Type:

  • Isolates
  • Concentrates
  • Hydrolysates

By Application:

  • Nutritional Supplements
  • Personal Care
  • Food & Beverages
  • Animal Feed & Pet Food

By Distribution Channel:

  • Supermarkets
  • Specialist Store
  • Online
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America dominated the global whey protein market in 2020 and accounted to hold the major market share of around 40% of the market. The rising awareness of consumers regarding healthy and nutritional food is a major factor to drive the market growth in the region. Furthermore, the increasing demand for food supplements with low calorie and high nutritional value is expected to witness steady growth of the market in North America. In contrast, the Asia Pacific is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global whey protein market are Hilmar Cheese Company, Inc., Saputo Inc., Glanbia plc, Fonterra Co-operative Group Ltd, and Arla Foods. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Hilmar Cheese Company, Inc.
  • Saputo Inc.
  • Glanbia plc
  • Fonterra Co-operative Group Ltd
  • Arla Foods
  • Alpavit
  • Wheyco GmbH
  • Milk Specialties
  • Carbery Group
  • LACTALIS Ingredients

Key Questions Answered by Whey Protein Market Report:

  • Global whey protein market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional whey protein market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Whey protein submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by type, by application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to the whey protein market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level whey protein markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the whey protein market

The global pea protein market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of 12.4% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 220 million in 2020. The rising consumer awareness regarding healthy diet and active lifestyle are some primary factors to drive the market growth. The increasing demand for plant based alternatives and consumer shift towards vegan diet is further expected to propel the market. Moreover, the increasing demand for pea protein in various products such as dietary products, beverages, bakery items, and meat substitutes is expected to boost the market over the forecast period.

Market Segment Insights:

The global pea protein market is segmented into product, from, application, and geography. On the basis of product, the market is further bifurcated into concentrates, isolates, textured, hydrolyzed, and HMEC/HMMA. The isolates segment held the largest market share by revenue and accounted to hold a major market share around half of the market. The segment growth is attributed to its wide use in nutritional supplements such as energy drinks, meat products, fruit mixes, and bakery products. Furthermore, the increasing sports nutrition sector across the globe is also expected to drive the segment growth over the forecast period.

By application, the pea protein market is classified into meat substitutes, bakery goods, dietary supplements, beverages, and others. The dietary supplements segment dominated the market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share of around 40% of the market. The increasing use of pea protein in various dietary supplements such as nutritional syrups, tablets, energy powders, etc, due to its various health benefits, has contributed the segment growth. In contrast, the meat substitutes segment is accounted to grow at the fastest growth rate over the forecast period due to consumer shift toward vegan dietary products.

Pea Protein Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The pea protein comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The pea protein market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Pea Protein Market Segmentation:

By Product:

  • Concentrates
  • Isolates
  • Textured
  • Hydrolyzed
  • HMEC/HMMA

By Form:

  • Dry
  • Liquid

By Application:

  • Meat Substitutes
  • Bakery Goods
  • Dietary Supplements
  • Beverages
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, North America dominated the global pea protein market in 2020 and accounted to hold a major market share around 45% of the market. The rapid growth in sports nutrition industry and rising demand for gluten-free products has contributed the regional growth. Moreover, the presence of some major players such as Cargill, JBF, Tyson in the region is expected to drive the market growth in the region over the forecast period. in addition, the Asia Pacific is expected to grow at the highest CAGR over the forecast period due to the increasing consumption of nutritional food products in the region..

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global pea protein market are Burcon Nutrascience, Roquette Freres, The Scoular Company, DuPont, and Cosucra Groupe Warcoing SA. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Burcon Nutrascience
  • Roquette Freres
  • The Scoular Company
  • DuPont
  • Cosucra Groupe Warcoing SA
  • Nutri-Pea Ltd.
  • Shandong Jianyuan Group
  • Sotexpro SA
  • Ingredion, Inc.
  • Axiom Foods, Inc.

Key Questions Answered by Pea Protein Market Report:

  • Global pea protein market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional pea protein market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Pea protein submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by product, by form, by application, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to pea protein market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level pea protein markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the pea protein market

The global pet insurance market size is anticipated to register a significant CAGR of over 7% during the forecast period 2021 to 2027 and valued at around USD 7 billion in 2020. The rising adoption of pets and the increasing incidence of diseases in dogs are some primary factors to drive the market growth. The increasing demand for pet insurance, helping to limit out-of-pocket spending on serious medical conditions, such as cancer, and accidental injuries, is projected to drive growth in the near future. Pet insurance includes full or partial reimbursement of the cost of pet care in the event of an illness or accident.

Market Segment Insights:

The global pet insurance market is segmented into policy type, animal, sales channel, and geography. On the basis of policy type, the market is further segmented into an accident only, accident & illness, and others. The accident and illness insurance segment held the largest market share in 2020 by revenue. An increase in companion animal population and the high cost of diagnosis and treatment are some major factors that contributed the segment growth. In contrast, the accident segment is accounted to hold a sustainable market share due to increasing health issues in animals and high treatment costs.

On the basis of animal type, the pet insurance market is divided into Cat, Dog, and Other animals. The dog insurance segment has dominated the market in 2020 by revenue. The segment growth is attributed to the increasing adoption of dogs across the world. According to the North American Pet Health Insurance Association (NAPHIA), in 2017, Rabies, parvovirus, kennel cough, heartworm, diabetes, and cancer are some major diseases seen in dogs, and over 89 million dogs are counted in the United States.

Pet Insurance Market Size & Forecast

To know more about the study, request a report sample

The pet insurance comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Global pet insurance market size and forecast were obtained by using “Bottom-up” and “Top-down” approaches. Extensive secondary research was conducted to understand the market insights and trends, followed by primary interviews to further validate the information sourced. The report provides both, qualitative and quantitative analyses of the market, the competitive landscape, and the preferred development strategies of key players which help to formulate competitive market strategies and make informed decisions.

The pet insurance market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Pet Insurance Market Segmentation:

By Policy:

  • Accident only
  • Accident & illness
  • Others

By Animal:

  • Cat
  • Dog
  • Others (Rabbits, Horses, and other animals)

By Sales Channel:

  • Agency
  • Broker
  • Bancassurance
  • Direct Writing

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

Geographically, the pet insurance market report comprises dedicated sections centering on the regional market revenue and trends. The pet insurance market has been segmented on the basis of geographic regions into North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Rest of the World (RoW). The RoW segment consists of Latin America and the Middle East & Africa. The pet insurance market has been extensively analyzed on the basis of various regional factors such as demographics, gross domestic product (GDP), inflation rate, acceptance, and others. Pet insurance market estimates have also been provided for the historical years 2018 & 2019 along with forecasts for the period from 2021 – 2027.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global pet insurance market are Floracopeia Inc., UniKode S.A., Robertet Groupe, Lluch Essence Sl, and International Fragrance and Flavor Inc. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Floracopeia Inc.
  • UniKode S.A.
  • Robertet Groupe
  • Lluch Essence Sl
  • International Fragrance and Flavor Inc.
  • Fleurchem Inc.
  • Frager S.A.
  • Ernesto Ventos Sa
  • Haiti Essential Oil Co., SA.

Key Questions Answered by Pet Insurance Market Report:

  • Global pet insurance market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional pet insurance market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Pet insurance submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by policy, by animal, by sales channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to pet insurance market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level pet insurance markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the pet insurance market

The global polyene phosphatidylcholine market size is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.2% during the forecast period from 2021 to 2027 and expected to reach at USD 367 million by 2027. The rising prevalence of hepatic disorders worldwide primarily drives the market growth. Additionally, the growing significance of polyene phosphatidylcholine as a dietary supplement will further propel the market growth in the near future.

Polyene phosphatidylcholine is an unsaturated version of phosphatidylcholine which is derived from natural sources such as soybeans, eggs, sunflower, mustard, etc. it occurs naturally in human cells. It is widely employed for its therapeutic efficacy against hepatic disorders, ulcerative colitis, cognitive functions, etc. commercially available as injectable and capsules. Technological advancement in nutrition science has increased the demand for dietary supplements enriched in polyene phosphatidylcholine.

Market Segment Insights:

Liver diseases are spearheading the clinical application segment for polyene phosphatidylcholine market. According to the latest statistics provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), approximately 2 million people die due to liver diseases each year across the globe. The various types of liver diseases frequently encountered in human beings are Hepatitis, A, B, C, liver cirrhosis, fatty liver disease, hemochromatosis, etc. The early clinical manifestations associated with liver diseases are yellowish eyes and skin, dark urine, pale stool color, swelling of legs and ankles etc. Dietary supplements are gaining immense popularity over the last 2 decades on account of their lipotropic activity which prevents the excess lipid migration from the liver to blood vessels thereby preventing the occurrence of cardiovascular complications. Additionally, clinical studies have reported that polyene phosphatidylcholine is vital in liver repair, facilitates the dissolving of gallstones, and eases the pain associated with ulcerative colitis.

Polyene Phosphatidylcholine Market Size Analysis

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy is presently the supreme leader in the distribution channel segment for the polyene phosphatidylcholine market. The drug is associated with severe side effects such as pain, itching, edema, at the site of injection, and diarrhea and nausea for oral formulations, hence it is mandatory for the precise dispensing of medications under the supervision of a hospital pharmacist. Retail pharmacy is expected to register significant market growth in the near future on account of access to government subsidized essential medications in the developing regions.

The polyene phosphatidylcholine comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Polyene Phosphatidylcholine Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Liver Diseases
  • Dietary Supplements
  • Others

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently leading the geography segment for the polyene phosphatidylcholine market. The rising prevalence of hepatic disorders primarily drives the market growth in the region. According to the latest statistics provided by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 4.5 million people in the United States are diagnosed with liver disease. Developed healthcare infrastructure and affordable reimbursement scenarios further drive the market growth in the region. Europe is the second-largest regional market in the regional segment for the polyene phosphatidylcholine market. A supportive regulatory environment provides by the European Medical Agency for the manufacturing of polyene phosphatidylcholine drug formulations drives the market growth in the region. The Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment for the polyene phosphatidylcholine market. Developing healthcare infrastructure and flourishing generic drug formulations market together provide positive thrust to the market growth in the Asia Pacific region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Key players operating in the global polyene phosphatidylcholine market are Sanofi-Aventis, Dutriec s.a. laboratorios, Alfresa Pharma, Nabros Pharma Pvt. Ltd., and Haisco Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy.

List of Key Companies:

  • Sanofi-Aventis
  • Dutriec s.a. laboratorios
  • Alfresa Pharma
  • Haisco Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd.
  • Chengdu Tiantaishan Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
  • Nabros Pharma Pvt. Ltd.
  • AMIpharm Co., Ltd.
  • Pharma Arte

Key Questions Answered by Polyene Phosphatidylcholine Market Report:

  • Global polyene phosphatidylcholine market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional polyene phosphatidylcholine market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Polyene phosphatidylcholine submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to polyene phosphatidylcholine market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level polyene phosphatidylcholine markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the polyene phosphatidylcholine market

The global liraglutide injection market size is accounted to register a significant CAGR of 13.7% over the forecast period and expected to reach USD 14 billion by 2027. The rising prevalence of type 2 diabetes worldwide primarily drives the liraglutide injection market growth. Additionally, the growing incidence of obesity among the young populations across the globe further accentuates the market growth.

Liraglutide is basically a synthetic analog of human glucagon-like peptide-1(GLP-1) and is considered as a GLP-1 receptor agonist, it is 97% homologous to the native GLP-1 by substituting the arginine in the place of lysine at the position of 34. In January 2010 it received approval from the FDA for the management of type 2 diabetes and is currently the sole property of Novo Nordisk A/S.

Market Segment Insights:

Type 2 diabetes is representing the largest market share in the clinical application for the liraglutide injection market. According to the latest statistics provided by the International Diabetes Federation (IDF), it is estimated that in 2019 approximately 463 million adult population are suffering from type 2 diabetes. The disease progression is a combination of both genetic and lifestyle disorders. The pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes is attributed to 3 clinical factors which are decreased insulin secretion, elevated hepatic glucose production, and increased insulin resistance, etc. Obesity is keen to register impressive market growth during the forecast period on account of the increasing consumption of junk food, alcohol, tobacco, and sedentary lifestyle among the young adult population worldwide. As per the latest information provided by the World Health Organization (WHO), approximately 13% of the global population is anticipated to be suffering from obesity, further clinical investigation states the prevalence rate of 11% and 15% in the men and women population respectively.

Liraglutide Injection Market Size & Growth

To know more about the study, request a report sample

Hospital pharmacy is currently leading the distribution channel segment in the liraglutide injection market. High risk of disease progression of pancreatitis with the injudicious use of liraglutide injection, makes it imperative for precise dispensing of medicine under the supervision of a hospital pharmacist. It is expected that in the near future retail pharmacy will be showcasing exemplary market growth in the developing regions of the world owing to the provision of cheap medicines due to the imposition of government subsidy for essential medicines.

The liraglutide injection comprehensive study offers an in-depth analysis of industry trends, market size, competitive analysis, and market forecast – 2020 to 2027. Research Corridor report provides detailed premium insight into the global market and reveals the potential revenue streams, commercial prospects, market drivers, challenges, opportunities, issues, and events affecting the industry. In addition, the report has a dedicated section covering market forecasts and analysis for leading geographies, profiles of major companies operating in the market, and expert opinion obtained from interviews with industry executives and experts from prominent companies.

The liraglutide injection market research report presents the analysis of each segment from 2018 to 2027 considering 2020 as the base year for the research. The compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) for each respective segment is calculated for the forecast period from 2021 to 2027.

Historical & Forecast Period

  • 2018-19 – Historical Year
  • 2020 – Base Year
  • 2021-2027 – Forecast Period

Global Liraglutide Injection Market Segmentation:

By Clinical Application:

  • Type 2 Diabetes
  • Obesity

By Distribution Channel:

  • Hospital Pharmacy
  • Retail Pharmacy
  • Others

By Region:

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

Geographic Coverage:

North America is presently dominating the geography segment for the liraglutide injection market. The rising prevalence of type 2 diabetes primarily drives the liraglutide market growth in the region. As per the latest research citings presented by the American Diabetes Association (ADA), approximately 9% of the population in the U.S. is suffering with type 2 diabetes. Additionally, the supportive regulatory environment provided by the USFDA in the sale and marketing of liraglutide injection further propel the market growth in the region. Europe is considered as the second-largest regional segment in the liraglutide injection market. The rising prevalence of obesity in the young population determines the liraglutide injection market growth in the region. Asia Pacific is anticipated to be the fastest-growing regional segment in the liraglutide market on account of the developing healthcare infrastructure and rising public health awareness regarding the therapeutic efficacy of liraglutide in the management of type 2 diabetes and obesity prevalence in the Asia Pacific region.

Market Competition Assessment:

Companies are exploring markets by expansion, new investment, the introduction of new services, and collaboration as their preferred strategies. Players are exploring new geography through expansion and acquisition to gain a competitive advantage through joint synergy. Key players operating in the global liraglutide injection market are Novo Nordisk A/S.

Key Questions Answered by Liraglutide Injection Market Report:

  • Global liraglutide injection market forecasts from 2021-2027
  • Regional liraglutide injection market forecasts from 2021-2027 covering Asia-Pacific, North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America
  • Country-level forecasts from 2021-2027 covering 15 major countries from the aforementioned regions
  • Liraglutide injection submarket forecasts from 2021-2027 covering the market by clinical application, by distribution channel, and geography
  • Various industry models such as SWOT analysis, Value Chain Analysis pertaining to liraglutide injection market
  • Analysis of the key factors driving and restraining the growth of the global, regional and country-level liraglutide injection markets from 2021-2027
  • Competitive Landscape and market positioning of top 10 players operating in the liraglutide injection market
Table of Content:

Chapter 1. Introduction


1.1. Objectives of the Study
1.2. Market Definition
1.3. Market Scope
1.3.1. Market Segmentation
1.3.2. Years Considered for the Study
1.4. Currency
1.5. Limitation
1.6. Market Stakeholders

 

Chapter 2. Research Methodology


2.1. Market Size Estimation
2.2. Market Breakdown and Data Triangulation
2.3. Market Share Estimation
2.4. Key Data From Secondary Sources
2.5. Key Data From Primary Sources
2.6. Key Industry Insights
2.7. Assumptions for the Study

 

Chapter 3. Executive Summary


3.1. Global Liraglutide Injection Market Snapshot
3.2. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2020 (US$ Mn)
3.3. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2020 (US$ Mn)
3.4. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Geography, 2020 (US$ Mn)

 

Chapter 4. Liraglutide Injection Market: Dynamics and Future Outlook


4.1. Market Overview
4.2. Drivers
4.3. Challenges
4.4. Opportunities
4.5. Attractive Investment Proposition, by Geography, 2020

 

Chapter 5. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, By Clinical Application


5.1. Introduction
5.2. Type 2 Diabetes
5.3. Obesity

 

Chapter 6. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel


6.1. Introduction
6.2. Hospital Pharmacy
6.3. Retail Pharmacy
6.4. Others

 

Chapter 7. Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Geography


7.1. Introduction
7.1. North America Liraglutide Injection Market Analysis, 2017 – 2027
7.1.1. North America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.1.2. North America Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.1.3. North America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.1.3.1. U.S.
7.1.3.2. Canada
7.2. Europe Liraglutide Injection Market Analysis, 2017 – 2027
7.2.1. Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.2.2. Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.2.3. Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.2.3.1. U.K.
7.2.3.2. Germany
7.2.3.3. Russia
7.2.3.4. France
7.2.3.5. Italy
7.2.3.6. Spain
7.2.3.7. Ukraine
7.2.3.8. Rest of Europe
7.3. Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market Analysis, 2017 – 2027
7.3.1. Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, By Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.3.2. Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.3.3. Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.3.3.1. China
7.3.3.2. Japan
7.3.3.3. Rest of Asia Pacific
7.4. Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market Analysis, 2017 – 2027
7.4.1. Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, By Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.4.2. Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.4.3. Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.4.3.1. Brazil
7.4.3.2. Mexico
7.4.3.3. Rest of Latin America
7.5. Middle East and Africa Liraglutide Injection Market Analysis, 2017 – 2027
7.5.1. MEA Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.5.2. MEA Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.5.3. MEA Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country/Region, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
7.5.3.1. GCC
7.5.3.2. Rest of MEA

 

Chapter 8. Company Profiles


8.1. Novo Nordisk A/S
8.1.1. Business Description
8.1.2. Financial Information (Subject to data availability)
8.1.3. Product Portfolio
8.1.4. Recent Developments
8.1.5. SWOT Analysis

To know more about the study, request a report sample

List of Figures:

FIG. 1 Liraglutide Injection: Market Segmentation
FIG. 2 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2019 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 3 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2019 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 4 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Geography, 2019 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 5 Attractive Investment Proposition: by Geography, 2019
FIG. 6 Global Type 2 Diabetes Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 7 Global Obesity Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 8 Global Hospital Pharmacy Market for Liraglutide Injection, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 9 Global Retail Pharmacy Market for Liraglutide Injection, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 10 Global Other Distribution Channel Market for Liraglutide Injection, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 11 U.S. Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 12 Canada Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 13 U.K. Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 14 Germany Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 15 Russia Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 16 France Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 17 Italy Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 18 Spain Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 19 Ukraine Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 20 Rest of Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 21 China Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 22 Japan Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 23 Rest of Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 24 Brazil Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 25 Mexico Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 26 Rest of Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 27 GCC Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 28 Rest of MEA Liraglutide Injection Market, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
FIG. 29 Liraglutide Injection Market: Research Methodology

To know more about the study, request a report sample

List of Tables:

TABLE 1 Global Liraglutide Injection Market Snapshot
TABLE 2 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 3 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 4 Global Liraglutide Injection Market, by Geography, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 5 North America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 6 North America Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 7 North America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 8 Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 9 Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 10 Europe Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 11 Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 12 Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 13 Asia Pacific Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 14 Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 15 Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 16 Latin America Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 17 Middle East and Africa Liraglutide Injection Market, by Clinical Application, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 18 Middle East and Africa Liraglutide Injection Market, By Distribution Channel, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 19 Middle East and Africa Liraglutide Injection Market, by Country/Region, 2017 – 2027 (US$ Mn)
TABLE 20 Novo Nordisk A/S.: Company Snapshot (Business Description; Financial Information; Product Portfolio; SWOT Analysis; Recent Developments)
Fill the given form to inquiry before buying for Liraglutide Injection Market Report

Your Designtaion (required):


(Reports will be updated due to COVID-19 impacts on the market)

Request Report Sample
Inquiry Before Buying
Select License Type
$3200/- Single User License
$4800/- Multi User License
$6400/- Corporate License

Why To Choose Us:
  • Markets in over 150 countries analyzed granularly
  • 35% of our total client base has an annual subscription membership
  • 100,000+ data points in our comprehensive database
  • 24x5 availability - we are always there when you need us
  • Our expert team will assist you with all research need and customization
  • Our expert research analysts will resolve your every query before and after purchasing the report
  • We focus on the accuracy and quality of the report
  • Our analyst will provide deep insights into the report
For Any Assitance
Call Us: +919893685690
Vijendra Singh (Business Development)
Email: sales@researchcorridor.com